Spreadsheet: d3674fc3-f6b2-4c02-b388-f71d8be43639
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | Cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_eur_status | price_eur_net | price_eur_gross_d | price_eur_gross_a | price_gbp | price_chf | term_language1 | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_scsc | pub_date_planned | [NAME] | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_scsc | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-3-642-16013-4 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Desertification: Causes, Impacts and Consequences |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 600 | Hard cover | Book | X, 600p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139.95 | 149.75 | 153.94 | 126 | 201 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SC313000 | Climate Change Impacts | RN | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-01 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Part 1. Foreword: The Great Sahelian Desertification Boondoggle.- Part 2. Social and political consequences of the Sahelian droughts.- Part 3. Scientific causes of the Sahelian droughts.- Part 4. A global assessment of desertification.- Part 5. The capacity to adapt.- Part 6. Lessons learnt. | It now seems incontrovertible (as [NAME] has demonstrated) that the series of Sahelian droughts that began in the early 1970s were driven by changes in sea surface temperatures and that they were not caused by local land use mismanagement in the [NAME] itself.   Combined with the apparent re-greening of the [NAME], these findings effectively close a long-standing policy and scientific debate (in which the lead authors of this book participated) on the causes and extent of desertification in the Sahel.  The opportunity now presents itself to treat this debate as a historical object lesson in the relationship between science, the formation of public opinion, and international policy-making in the context of climate change.  In short, what might the ‘great Sahelian desertification boondoggle’ have to tell us about current attempts to come to grips with climate change? | <p>One of the first books in the new Springer-Praxis Earth System Series</p><p>Written by a global team of experts with up-to-date knowledge of desertification</p><p>Makes good use of colour images for scientific interpretation<br></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-05380-1 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Severe Convective Storms and Tornadoes | Observations and Dynamics | Springer Praxis Books |  | 1 | 2013 | 456 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 456 p. 241 illus., 144 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SC312000 | Meteorology | RBF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-14 00:00:00 |  | Basic equations.- Observing systems and the analysis and interpretation of their data.- Ordinary-cell convective storms.- Supercells.- Mesoscale convective systems (MCSs).- Tornadoes.- Forecasting.- Areas of future research.- Theory. | This book is a focused, comprehensive reference on recent research on severe convective storms and tornadoes. It will contain many illustrations of severe storm phenomena from mobile [NAME] radars, operational [NAME] radars, photographs and numerical simulations. | <p>Focused, comprehensive reference on recent research on severe convective storms and tornadoes</p><p>It will contain many illustrations of severe storm phenomena from mobile</p><p>Doppler radars, operational [NAME] radars, photographs, and numerical simulations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-36931-5 | Earth Sciences | Böhm | [NAME]; [NAME] | Atmospheric Effects in Space Geodesy |  | Springer Atmospheric Sciences |  | 1 | 2013 | 234 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 234 p. 76 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 69.95 | 74.85 | 76.95 | 62.99 | 100.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword - Preface - Acknowledgements - Geodetic and atmospheric background - Ionospheric effects on microwave signals - Path delays in the neutral atmosphere - Atmospheric pressure loading - Atmospheric effects on gravity space missions - Atmospheric effects on Earth rotation | Various effects of the atmosphere have to be considered in space geodesy and all of them are described and treated consistently in this textbook. Two chapters are concerned with ionospheric and [NAME] delays of microwave and optical signals used by space geodetic techniques, such as the Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS), Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI), or Satellite Laser Ranging (SLR). It is explained how these effects are best reduced and modelled to improve the accuracy of space geodetic measurements. Other chapters are on the deformation of the Earth’s crust due to atmospheric loading, on atmospheric excitation of Earth rotation, and on atmospheric effects on gravity field measurements from special satellite missions such as CHAMP, GRACE, and GOCE. All chapters have been written by staff members of the Department of Geodesy and Geoinformation at TU Wien who are experts in the particular fields. | Unique and comprehensive compilation which is nowhere else available yet <br><br>All atmospheric effects in space geodesy are treated in a consistent way <br><br>Contains clear color plots and illustrations | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38732-6 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; Beate Jessel; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Ecosystem Services and Management Strategy in China |  | Springer Earth System Sciences |  | 1 | 2014 | 140 | Hard cover | Book | V, 140 p. 62 illus., 59 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG35010 | Biogeosciences | RGM | SCU26008 | Nature Conservation | RNK | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to the Task Force’s Work.- Concept of Ecosystem Services and Ecosystem Management.- Status of Major Ecosystems and Management.- Scenario Analysis.- Chinese Case Studies.- International Experience.- Major Findings.- Policy Recommendations. | 'Ecosystem Services and Management Strategy in China' is a two-year international cooperation project that culminated from the China Council for International Cooperation on Environment and Development’s Task Force on Ecosystem Services and Management. It combines case studies, scenario analysis, and stakeholder consultations that focus on Chinese forest, grassland and wetland ecosystems and assesses the economic and social benefits of sustainable ecosystems management. It also identifies better practices in ecosystem management from Chinese and international experience and recommends a more intensive integration of ecosystem services into decision-making processes. In November 2010, the Task Force presented five strategic policy proposals for the implementation of sustainable management for Chinese ecosystems. These proposals were extremely well-received by senior decision makers and have since been adopted by national government agencies. The book represents a valuable reference work for researchers and professionals working in related areas.  Professor [NAME] worked as president at the National Natural Science Foundation of China from 2004 to early 2013 and is  Member of the Chinese Academy of Sciences. Professor [NAME] works as president at the Federal Agency for Nature Conservation, Germany. Professor [NAME] works at the Research Center of Eco-Environment Sciences, CAS and is  Member of the Chinese Academy of Sciences. Professor [NAME] works at the Institute of Geographic Sciences and Natural Resources Research, Chinese Academy of Sciences. Dr.[NAME] is a Senior Lecturer at the Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University, Australia. | <p>The first book comprehensively analyze the Chinese ecosystem services and management</p><p>Assesses the economic and social benefits of sustainable ecosystems management based on an ecosystem service approach</p><p>Provides case studies, scenario analysis, stakeholder consultation and other methods to analyze forests, grasslands and wetlands ecosystems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7127-7 | Earth Sciences | Chukanov | [NAME] | Infrared spectra of mineral species | Extended library | Springer Geochemistry/Mineralogy |  | 1 | 2014 | 1181 | Hard cover | Book | X, 1181 p. 3547 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17060 | Mineralogy | PNV | SCP31090 | Spectroscopy and Microscopy | PNFS | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | The Application of IR Spectroscopy to the Investigation of Minerals.- The Discrete Approach.- The Full-Profile Analysis.- Polymerization of coordination polyhedra and structure topology.- Hydrogen-bearing groups and hydrogen [NAME] series.- Force parameters of cations in silicates.- IR spectra of minerals and reference samples data.- Borates, including sulfato-borates and arsenato-borates.- Carbides and carbonates.- Organic compounds and salts of organic acids.- Ammino-complexes, nitrates and sulfato-nitrates.- Oxides and hydroxides.- Fluorides.- Silicates.- Phosphates.- Sulfates, carbonato-sulfates, phosphato-sulfates and sulfides.- Chlorides.- Vanadates and vanadium oxides.- Chromates.- Arsenates, arsenites and sulfato-arsenates.- Selenites, molybdates, [NAME], tellurates, iodites, wolframates and wolfram oxides. | Over the last 30 years, Dr. [NAME] has collected IR spectra of  about  2000  mineral species,  including  247  [NAME].  In  this  book, he presents  3309 spectra of these  minerals with   detailed   description   and   analytical  data  for  reference samples.  In  the  course  of this work, about 150 new mineral species have been discovered. After an introductory chapter, infrared spectra of minerals are given together with the descriptions of standard samples used (occurrence, appearance, associated minerals, empirical formula etc.) and some comments. Sections are organized according to different  classes  of  compounds  (silicates,  phosphates, arsenates, oxides etc.). | <p>Display more than 3000 IR spectra of more than 2000 mineral species collected during last 30 years (5-6 times more than in any existing handbook or database) </p><p>Includes full descriptions and analytical data of each sample for which IR spectrum was obtained </p><p>Includes description of 140 holotypes of new minerals discovered by the author or with his participation </p><p>Useful for mineralogists and specialists in inorganic materials</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-19061-2 | Earth Sciences | Dey | [NAME] | Fluvial Hydrodynamics | Sediment Transport and [NAME] | GeoPlanet: Earth and Planetary Sciences |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400p. 70 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 186.5 | English | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Sedimentology | RBGB | [NAME] | Physical Geography | RGB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-14 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The state-of-the-art in fluvial hydrodynamics can be examined only through a careful exploration of the theoretical development and applied engineering technology. The book will be primarily focused, since most up-to-date research findings in the field will be presented, on the research aspects that involves a comprehensive knowledge of sediment dynamics in turbulent flows. It begins with the fundamentals of hydrodynamics and particle motion followed by turbulence characteristics related to sediment motion. Then, the sediment dynamics will be described from a classical perspective by applying the mean bed shear approach and additionally incorporating a statistical description for the role of turbulence. The book will finally describe the local scour problems at hydraulic structures and scale models. It is intended to design as a course textbook in graduate / research level and a guide for the field engineers as well, keeping up with modern technological developments. Therefore, as a simple prerequisite, the background of the readers should have a basic knowledge in hydraulics in undergraduate level and an understanding of fundamentals of calculus. | <p>Contains all the latest research developments in sediment transport and scour</p><p>Provides selective numerical examples related to the practical field problems</p><p>Can be used as a textbook for graduate/advanced undergraduate level courses</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38738-8 | Earth Sciences | Diersch | [NAME] | FEFLOW | Finite Element Modeling of Flow, Mass and Heat Transport in Porous and Fractured Media |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 1200 p. 272 illus., 80 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG19005 | Hydrogeology | RBK | SCT23020 | Geoengineering, Foundations, Hydraulics | RBP | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I Fundamentals.- Preliminaries.- Porous Medium.- Discrete Feature.- Chemical Reaction.- Initial Boundary and Constraint Conditions.- Part II Finite Elemente Method.- Fundamental Concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM).- Flow in Saturated Porous Media - Groundwater Flow.- Flow in Variably Saturated Porous Media.- Variable-Density Flow, Mass and heat Transport in Porous Media.- Mass Transport in Porous Media with and without chemical reactions.- Heat Transport in Porous Media.- Discrete Feature Modeling of Flow, Mass and Heat Transport Processes.- Nomenclature.- [NAME] and [NAME] Method.- Thermally variable Fluid Density Expansion.- Parametric Models for Variably Saturated Porous Media.- Heat Transfer and Thermal Resistance for Wall Configurations.- Optimality of the Galerkin Method.- Isoparametric Finite Element Matrices and Vectors.- Parameters in Relation to Selected Problem Class, Medium Type and Dimension.- Elements of PVST for Solving the Mixed ψ−s−Based Form ofRichards’ Equation.- Integral Functions of the Frolkovi ˇc-Knabner Algorithm (FKA).- Formulation of Hydraulic Head BC's for Variable-Density Problems.- BHE Modeling: Numerical and Analytical Approaches.- References.- Index | FEFLOW is an acronym of Finite Element subsurface FLOW simulation system and solves the governing flow, mass and heat transport equations in porous and fractured media by a multidimensional finite element method for complex geometric and parametric situations including variable fluid density, variable saturation, free surface(s), multispecies reaction kinetics, non-isothermal flow and multidiffusive effects. FEFLOW comprises theoretical work, modeling experiences and simulation practice from a period of about 40 years. In this light, the main objective of the present book is to share this achieved level of modeling with all required details of the physical and numerical background with the reader. The book is intended to put advanced theoretical and numerical methods into the hands of modeling practitioners and scientists. It starts with a more general theory for all relevant flow and transport phenomena on the basis of the continuum approach, systematically develops the basic framework for important classes of problems (e.g., multiphase/multispecies non-isothermal flow and transport phenomena, discrete features, aquifer-averaged equations, geothermal processes), introduces finite-element techniques for solving the basic balance equations, in detail discusses advanced numerical algorithms for the resulting nonlinear and linear problems and completes with a number of benchmarks, applications and exercises to illustrate the different types of problems and ways to tackle them successfully (e.g., flow and seepage problems, unsaturated-saturated flow, advective-diffusion transport, saltwater intrusion, geothermal and thermohaline flow). | <p>Sets new standard of the theoretical basis of modeling in porous media</p><p>Puts advanced theoretical and numerical methods into the hands of modeling practitioners and scientists</p><p>FEFLOW is today's leading software worldwide in this field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-11373-4 | Earth Sciences | Favali | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Seafloor Observatories | A New Vision of the Earth from the [NAME] | Springer Praxis Books |  | 1 | 2014 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | 500 p. 40 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 159.95 | 171.15 | 175.95 | 144 | 229.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-15 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Part I - Present scientific challenges to be addressed with seafloor observatories.- Integrating continuous observatory data: A multidisciplinary view of the ocean in four dimensions.- Underwater neutrino telescopes for astroparticle physics.- Seafloor observatories: the challenges for geo-hazards.- Part II - Technical solutions for seafloor observatory architecture.- The role of Information Communication Technologies (ICT) for seafloor observatories: acquisition, archival, analysis, interoperability.- Long-term sub-sea observatories: design, communications and deployment operations.- Development and demonstration of a mobile response observatory prototype for sub-sea environmental monitoring: the case of ROSE.- Part III - World-wide recent and ongoing projects and programmes.- The two seafloor geomagnetic observatories operating in the western Pacific.- The DELOS project; long-term observatories in an oil field environment in the Tropical Atlantic Ocean off Angola, West Africa.- Sub-sea environmental observatory integrated with the KM3NET neutrino telescope infrastructure in the Mediterranean Sea.- PartIV - Relevant scientific results with a multidisciplinary emphasis.- Seafloor observatory for monitoring geological phenomena below ocean abyss.- Modelling of regional geomagnetic field based on ground observation network including seafloor geomagnetic observatories.- Geomagnetic observatories at the deep seafloor may enable early tsunami warning. | The conquest of the abyss - the deep sea floor - is an exciting new adventure closely comparable with the space exploration program, but facing a more severe and extreme environment. This book addresses the important and apparently simple question 'How can continuous and reliable monitoring at the seafloor by means of seafloor observatories extend exploration and improve knowledge of our planet?' It will lead the reader through i) the present scientific challenges to be addressed with seafloor observatories; ii) the technical solutions for their architecture; iii) an excursus on world-wide ongoing projects and programmes; and finally iv) some relevant scientific multidisciplinary results. A presentation of new and interesting long-term perspectives for the upcoming years will complete the volume. Seafloor observatory scientific results will yield significant improvements and exert strong impact not only on our present knowledge but also on human life. | <p>Tackles fundamental scientific problems, such as the role of the ocean in climate, fluids and life in the ocean crust, dynamics of oceanic lithosphere and imaging the Earth’s Leads the readers through the scientific challenges to be addressed</p><p>Offers the technical solutions for the architecture of seafloor obsevatories</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7021-8 | Earth Sciences | Fort | [NAME]; [NAME]-Françoise André | Landscapes and Landforms of France |  | World Geomorphological Landscapes |  | 1 | 2014 | 222 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 222 p. 235 illus., 219 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17090 | Geomorphology | RBGD | SCU26008 | Nature Conservation | RNK | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- General introduction to  the landscapes and landforms of France.- Paris and the Seine River: antic sites, underground resources, and risks.- The Seine River from Ile de France to [NAME]: geomorphological and cultural landscapes of a large meandering valley.- The High Normandy chalk cliffs: an inspiring geomorphosite for painters and novelists.- The Mont-Saint-Michel Bay: an exceptional megatidal environment influenced by natural evolution and man-made modifications.- The “Pink Granite” coast (Northern Brittany).- Another Loire: the Armorican Loire .- The Arcachon Bay estuary: a “collage” of landscapes.- The volcanic Chaine des Puys: a unique collection of simple and compound monogenetic edifices.- Velay-Mezenc Massif: Harsh Volcanic Highlands around the Loire River Springs.- The Cirque de Navacelles: A Major Geomorphosite in the Grands Causses karstic Region.- [NAME] : a celebrated, natural site straddling the Central Pyrenees.- The Têt river valley: a condensed record of long-term landscape evolution in the Pyrenees.- The Vosgian-Alsatian side of the Rhine Graben: a unique, tectonically controlled and manmade landscape.- [NAME], Springs and Vineyards.- Glacial imprint on the main ridge of the Vosges Mountains.- On the roof of Europe: high altitude morphodynamics in the Mont Blanc Massif.- In the folds of the Earth: French Prealpine geomorphological landscapes.- Morphologies induced by the Messinian Salinity Crisis on karst landscape and caves: example of the Lower Ardèche River (mid [NAME] Valley).- The Lower Valley and the Delta of the Rhône River: Water Landscapes of Nature and History.- Glacial landscapes and [NAME] cultural héritage of the Mount Bego region, Southern French Alps.- Karst memories above and beneath the sea: Marseilles and its continental shelf during the [NAME] cave occupation.- Calanchi, Basi, Taffonis : Scenic granitic landscapes of Corsica.- Singular coral reef and lagoon geomorphology in French Polynesia.- La Réunion Island: A typical example of a basaltic shield volcano with rapid evolution. | The Landforms and Landscapes of France provides an informative and attractive overview of the most scenic landscapes of France. The geodiversity of France is emphasized, for example the glacial landscapes of the Mont-Blanc Massif, the volcanoes of the French Massif Central, the chalk cliffs and sand dunes of the Atlantic coast, the granitic landscapes of Corsica or the lagoons and coral reefs of French Polynesia.  The objectives are to provide the reader with an enjoyable and informative description of the selected sites within their regional geographical and geological settings; to offer an up-to-date survey of the evolution of France's landscape; and to give additional information on the cultural value of the selected sites wherever appropriate (prehistoric paintings, legends related to sites, famous vineyards, etc.).  The book is a richly illustrated reference work that makes accessible for the first time a wealth of information currently scattered among many national and regional journals. It will be of benefit to earth scientists, environmental scientists, tourism geographers and conservationists | Collects a substantial amount of geomorphological landscape information on France, published in English for the first time <br><br>Richly illustrated: over 100 illustrations, including about 15 maps in colour <br><br>Will provide earth scientists - teachers as well as students - with very pedagogical case studies | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-4-431-54333-6 | Earth Sciences | Fukao | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Radar for Meteorological and Atmospheric Observations |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 537 | Hard cover | Book | XXVIII, 537 p. 273 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SC312000 | Meteorology | RBF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Electromagnetic waves.- Radar measurements and scatter parameters.- Principle of Doppler velocity measurement.- Reception and processing of signals.- [NAME] observations of precipitation.- Radar observations of the clear atmosphere.- Overview of radar.- Practical meteorological radars.- Practical atmospheric radars.- Observations by meteorological radar.- Observations by atmospheric [NAME]. | Epoch-making progress in meteorology and atmospheric science has always been hastened by the development of advanced observational technologies, in particular, radar technology. This technology depends on a wide range of sciences involving diverse disciplines, from electrical engineering and electronics to computer sciences and atmospheric physics. Meteorological radar and atmospheric radar each has a different history and has been developed independently. Particular radar activities have been conducted within their own communities. Although the technology of these radars draws upon many common fields, until now the interrelatedness and interdisciplinary nature of the research fields have not been consistently discussed in one volume containing fundamental theories, observational methods, and results. This book is by two authors who, with long careers in the two fields, one in academia and the other in industry, are ideal partners for writing on the comprehensive science and technology of radars for meteorological and atmospheric observations. | <p>Systematically describes radar techniques and measurements of both weather and the atmosphere </p><p>Introduces radar systems from the fundamentals to advanced applications </p><p>Reveals recent research trends and the future perspective of radar observations</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-20334-3 | Earth Sciences | Gökçekus | [NAME]; Umut Türker; [NAME] | Water in the Mediterranean Basin | Springer Earth Sciences Book | Environmental Earth Sciences |  | 1 | 2014 | 425 | Hard cover | Book | V, 425p. 106 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 186.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG19005 | Hydrogeology | RBK | SC215000 | Water Policy/Water Governance/Water Management | RNF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-01 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Trend Analysis Of Spatio-Temporal Precipitation In Texas.- Impact of Climate Change on Water Resources Availability in Konya Closed Basin, Central Anatolia, Turkey.- On Perspectives of Application of New Technology of Seismic Resistant Construction in Seismically Active Territories.- About Some Results Of Registration of Gravity before Strong Distanced Earthquakes.- Impact Of [NAME] in Kuwait on Amounts of Pollutants Discharged to the Sea From Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plants.- Water Supply and Access to Sanitation Services in Middle and Low Income Economies: The Case Of Ghana And Kenya.- The Nature-Culture-Health Interplay: From Environment Quality to Quality of Life.- Increasing Water Use Efficiency in Agriculture in North Western Himalayan Region With Special Reference to Potato Farming.- Institutional Aspects of on-Farm Irrigation Management and Methodology of Improvement Measures.- Impacts of Urbanization on Groundwater Resources in Shahrood, Northeastern Iran: Comparison with other Iranian and Asian Cities. | The Mediterranean Region is distinguished for its special geographical, geoeconomical, geopolitical and environmental specialities. Being at the cross roads of three continents makes water a central issue for regional policies. The Regional Meeting on water in the Mediterranean Basin was expected to bring together the Mediterranean community of water to identify and analyze major regional perspective on global water issues, the outcomes of this meeting provided a significant contribution incorporating the development of the thematic and political processes at the region. Among the main topics that is covered in this book are the effects of climate change on water resources, water and infrastructures , integrated water resource management and innovative solutions for the water problems in the Mediterranean region. | <p>Presents a reliable research on the water issue</p><p>The research study brings together the global community and policy decision-makers to state the importance of water</p><p>The research studies are one of the outcomes of the 5th World Water Forum held in Istanbul Turkey</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6310-4 | Earth Sciences | Hewitt | [NAME] | Glaciers of the Karakoram Himalaya | Glacial Environments, Processes, Hazards and Resources | Advances in Asian Human-Environmental Research |  | 1 | 2014 | 363 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 363 p. 144 illus., 129 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SC313000 | Climate Change Impacts | RN | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Regional Context.- Snow, Ice and Verticality in the Karakoram.- Karakoram Glaciers: [NAME] and Terrain.- Glacier Mass Balance I: Snowfall and [NAME] Nourishment.- Glacier Mass Balance II: Ablation.- Mass Balance Regimes.- Dynamics of Snow and Ice in Glacier Basins.- Landforms of the Karakoram and Glacierized Areas.- Surge-Type Glaciers.- Glacial Impoundments and Outburst Floods.- Rock Glaciers and Related Phenomena.- [NAME] and Climate Change.- Glaciers in Human Life. | The Karakoram contains the greatest concentration of glaciers and most of the largest ice masses outside high latitudes. They comprise major stores and sources of fresh water in an otherwise extreme, continental, dry region. As many as 200 million people living downstream, in the valleys of the Indus and Yarkand Rivers, depend on melt waters from snow and ice. They are at risk from climate-change impacts on glaciers and water supply, and from hazards such as glacial lake outburst floods. Useful research initiatives go back to the nineteenth century, but coverage has generally been limited geographically and has not been continuous over time. It is almost 80 years since a monograph was devoted to the Karakoram glaciers. The book presents a comprehensive overview, including statistics for the ice cover, glacier mass balance and dynamics, glacierized landscapes, rock glaciers, water resources and environmental hazards. Published glaciological and related research is surveyed along with expedition reports and archival materials in several languages. The expanding potential of satellite coverage is exploited, but conditions and processes reported from field investigations are the main focus. Previously unpublished observations by the author are presented, based on some 45 years of work in the region. Broad understanding of the glacial environment is used to address emerging concerns about the High Asian cryosphere and the fate of its glaciers. These are discussed in relation to the pressing issues of water supply, environmental risk and sustainability. Questions of what is not known help identify much needed monitoring and research. The book is of interest to researchers, professionals, and those studying glaciers, mountain environments, water resources and environmental hazards. The topics discussed should be of concern for anyone involved in regional development and global change in South and Inner Asia. | <p>A comprehensive overview on the glaciers in relation to water supply, hazards and sustainable uses </p><p>The text is based on state-of-the-art glaciological and related studies </p><p>Presents author’s own investigations and analyses developed over 45 years of work in the region </p><p>The material is an accessible reference source for professionals and officials concerned with the area</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00472-3 | Earth Sciences | Hutter | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Physics of Lakes | Volume 3: Methods of Understanding Lakes as Components of the Geophysical Environment | Advances in Geophysical and Environmental Mechanics and Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 630 | Hard cover | Book | LXIII, 630 p. 237 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] Motions in a Shallow Lake.- Response of a Stratified Alpine Lake to External Wind Fields – Numerical Prediction and Comparison with Field Observations.- Comparing Numerical Methods for Convectively-Dominated Problems.- Comparing Different Numerical Treatments of Advection Terms for Wind-Induced Circulations in Lakes.- Subgrid-Scale Parameterization in Numerical Simulations of Lake Circulation.- Instruments and Sensors.- Measuring Methods and Techniques.- Dimensional Analysis, Similitude and Model Experiments.- Prograding and Retrograding Hypo- and Hyperpycnal Deltaic Formations into Quiescent Ambients.- Sediment Transport in Alluvial Systems. | The ongoing thread in this volume of Physics of Lakes is the presentation of different methods of investigation for processes taking place in real lakes with a view to understanding lakes as components of the geophysical environment. It is divided into three parts. Part I is devoted to numerical modeling techniques and demonstrates that (i) wind-induced currents in depth-integrated models can only adequately predict current fields for extremely shallow lakes, and (ii) that classical multi-layered simulation models can only adequately reproduce current and temperature distributions when the lake is directly subjected to wind, but not the post-wind oscillating response. This makes shock capturing discretization techniques and Mellor-Yamada turbulence closure schemes necessary, as well as extremely high grid resolution to reduce the excessive numerical diffusion. Part II is devoted to the presentation of principles of observation and laboratory experimental procedures. It details the principles of operation for current, temperature, conductivity and other sensors applied in the field. It also discusses the advantages and limitations of common measuring methods like registration from stationary or drifting buoys, sounding and profiling from a boat, etc. Questions of data accuracy, quality, and reliability are also addressed. The use of laboratory experiments on a rotating platform is based on an exposition of dimensional analysis and model theory and illustrated using Lake Constance as an example. Part III gives an account of the dynamics of lake water as a particle-laden fluid, which, coupled with the transport of the bottom sediments, leads to morphodynamic changes of the bathymetry in estuarine and possibly whole lake regions. An elegant spatially one-dimensional theory makes it possible to derive analytic solutions of deltaic formations which are corroborated by laboratory experiments. A full three-dimensional description of the evolution of the alluvial bathymetry under prescribed tributary sediment input indicates a potential subject for future research. | This book, together with vols. 1 and 2,  is the first to provide an encyclopedic view of fundamental physical limnology up to 2012 <br><br>The ideal resource for graduate courses in physical oceanography and limnology <br><br>Provides in-depth information on theoretical, experimental (laboratory and field) techniques for water and sediment motion in lakes | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00457-0 | Earth Sciences | Ilki | Alper Ilki; [NAME] | Seismic Evaluation and Rehabilitation of Structures |  | Geotechnical, Geological and Earthquake Engineering | 26 | 1 | 2014 | 455 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 455 p. 350 illus., 201 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Geotechnical Engineering & Applied Earth Sciences | RBGL | SCT15028 | Structural Mechanics | TGB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Surrealism in Facing the Earthquake Risk.- 2. Rapid Seismic Assessment Procedures for the Turkish Building Stock.- 3. Post-Earthquake Risk-Based Decision Making Methodology for Turkish School Buildings.- 4. Proposed Vulnerability Functions to Estimate the Real Damage State of RC Buildings after Major Turkish Earthquakes.- 5. Probabilistic Path Finding Method for Post-Disaster Risk Estimation.- 6. Seismic Behaviour of Thin-Bed Layered Unreinforced Clay Masonry Shear Walls Including Soundproofing Elements .- 7. Assessing Seismic Vulnerability of Unreinforced Masonry Walls Using Elasto-Plastic Damage Model.- 8. Implementation of Experimentally Developed Methodology for Seismic Strengthening and Repair of Historic Monuments.- 9. Shaking Table Tests of a Full-scale Two-Storey Predamaged Natural Stone Building Retrofitted with the Multi-Axial Hybrid Textile System “Eq-grid”.- 10. Application of Mesh Reinforced Mortar for Performance Enhancement of Hollow Clay Tile Infill Walls.- 11. Shake Table Tests on Deficient RC Buildings Strengthened Using Post-Tensioned Metal Straps.- 12. Bond Strength of Lap Splices in FRP and TRM Confined Concrete: Behaviour and Design.- 13. Finite Element Modeling of Seismic Performance of Low Strength Concrete Exterior Beam-Column Joints.- 14. Experimental Behavior of Non-Conforming Full Scale RC Beam-Column Joints Retrofitted with FRP .- 15. Seismic Rehabilitation of Concrete Buildings by Converting Frame Bays into RC Walls.- 16. Pseudo-Dynamic Tests of 4-Storey Non-Ductile Frames with RC Infilling of the Bay.- 17. RC Infilling of Existing RC Structures for Seismic Retrofitting.- 18. Hybrid Control of a 3-D Structure by using Semi-Active Dampers.- 19. Substructured Pseudo-Dynamic Tests on Seismic Response Control of Soft-First-Story Buildings.- 20. Towards Robust Behavioral Modeling of Reinforced Concrete Members.- 21. Earthquake Engineering Experimental Facility for Research and Public Outreach.- 22. Physical Modeling for the Evaluation of the Seismic Behavior of Square Tunnels.- 23. Susceptibility of Shallow Foundation to Rocking and Sliding Movements during Seismic Loading.- 24. Centrifuge Modeling of Liquefaction Effects on Shallow Foundations.- 25. Stability Control of Rafted Pile Foundation against Soil Liquefaction  .- 26. Experimental Assessment of Seismic Pile-Soil .- Interaction. 27.- Experimental Investigation of Dynamic Behaviour of Cantilever Retaining Walls.- Index. | In the past, facilities considered to be at the end of their useful life were demolished and replaced with new ones that better met the functional requirements of modern society, including new safety standards. Humankind has recently recognised the threats to the environment and to our limited natural resources due to our relentless determination to destroy the old and build anew. With the awareness of these constraints and the emphasis on sustainability, in future the majority of old structures will be retrofitted to extend their service life as long as feasible. In keeping with this new approach, the EU’s Construction Products Regulation 305/2011, which is the basis of the Eurocodes, included the sustainable use of resources as an 'Essential Requirement' for construction. So, the forthcoming second generation of EN-Eurocodes will cover not only the design of new structures, but the rehabilitation of existing ones as well. Most of the existing building stock and civil infrastructures are seismically deficient. When the time comes for a decision to prolong their service life with the help of structural and architectural upgrading, seismic retrofitting may be needed. Further, it is often decided to enhance the earthquake resistance of facilities that still meet their functional requirements and fulfil their purpose, if they are not earthquake-safe. In order to decide how badly a structure needs seismic upgrading or to prioritise it in a population of structures, a seismic evaluation is needed, which also serves as a guide for the extent and type of strengthening. Seismic codes do not sufficiently cover the delicate phase of seismic evaluation nor the many potential technical options for seismic upgrading; therefore research is on-going and the state-of-the-art is constantly evolving. All the more so as seismic evaluation and rehabilitation demand considerable expertise, to make best use of the available safety margins in the existing structure, to adapt the engineering capabilities and techniques at hand to the particularities of a project, to minimise disruption of use, etc. Further, as old structures are very diverse in terms of their materials and layout, seismic retrofitting does not lend itself to straightforward codified procedures or cook-book approaches. As such, seismic evaluation and rehabilitation need the best that the current state-of-the-art can offer on all aspects of earthquake engineering. This volume serves this need, as it gathers the most recent research of top seismic experts from around the world on seismic evaluation, retrofitting and closely related subjects. | <p>The state-of-the-art in seismic evaluation &amp; retrofitting is presented </p><p>Contributing authors are among the world's top experts in seismic design, evaluation &amp; retrofitting </p><p>The subject is of prime practical importance internationally</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00055-8 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Geoecology of the Western Arctic Shelf of Russia | Lithological and Ecogeochemical Aspects |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400 p. 210 illus. | 0 | approx. | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG | SCU21006 | Geoecology/Natural Processes | PSAF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-09-17 00:00:00 |  |  | Sources of Pollution (Description and Classification).- Migration Paths and Accumulation Mechanisms of Pollutants (Barriers).- Work Methodology.- Barents Sea.- Pechora Sea.- St. Anna Trough.- St. Anna Trough.- Prirazlomnoye Oilfield (Pechora Sea).- Shtokmanovskolye GCF (Barents Sea).- Specialized Radiological Research.- Assessment of the Status of the Environment. | Environmental bottom investigations of the Arctic Shelf are to determine the anthropogenic component and the degree of its impact to biota in the course of the sedimentation process. Hereby, the main focus is on analysis of sources of supply, pathways of migration, mechanisms of transformation and accumulation of pollutants as well as on the selection of the criteria of assessment of the bottom environment at different levels. Three groups of pollutant sources are distinguished: exogenic, endogenic and aquapolytechogenic. This volume reports on multidisciplinary environmental investigations carried out by SIA Sevmorgeologia in the Western part of Arctic through 1991-2010, with more than 1100 complex stations. A variety of geochemical parameters and criteria were monitored to enhance the existing methods of assessment including the background concentrations of major groups of contaminants (chlororganic compounds, heavy metals, phenols, HC, PAH, SSAS, radionuclides) in water and sediments, calculated for various levels of complexity of geological objects (transregional – for Barents Sea, regional – for [NAME] and White Seas, St. Anna Trough, local – for [NAME] and [NAME] fields, mouse of Pechora, Ob, Enisej Rivers, and special polygon-dumpsites of nuclides). | New research direction for geoenvironmental studies <br><br>Contains maps of the distribution of all types of pollutants in the water and bottom sediments of the most important parts of the Barents and [NAME] ([NAME], [NAME], Pechora Sea, St. Anna Trough, the dumping place of radioactive waste) <br><br>Background concentrations of all types of pollutants in water and sediments for different levels - trans-regional (Barents and [NAME]), regional (Pechora Sea, St. Anna Trough), polygonal (Shtokman GCF and Prirazlomnoye OF, Chernaya Bay), and pointal (the dumping place of radioactive waste) | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-81-322-1538-7 | Earth Sciences | Jain | Sreepat Jain | Fundamentals of Physical Geology |  | Springer Geology |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | 350 p. 213 illus., 44 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG | SCG00002 | Earth Sciences, general | RB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-08-22 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Solar System: Sun and Planets.- The Cosmic Bodies.- The Planet Earth.- The Earth's Interior.- The Geological Timescale.- Weathering and Mass Wasting.- Stream.- Groundwater.- Karst.- Glaciers.- Ocean.- Aeolian Processes.- Plate Tectonics.- Earthquakes.- Volcanoes. | Physical Geology is a vast subject and it is not possible to cover all aspects in one book. This book does not invent the wheel but merely put together sets of updated but concise material on Physical Geology with lots of illustrations. All illustrations are created by hand and give a real classroom feel to the book. Students or readers can easily reproduce them by hand. This is a book, where a diagram says it all. The book is divided into four parts. The first part “The Solar System and Cosmic Bodies” deals with elements of our Solar System and the cosmic bodies around it (like meteorites, asteroids, etc.). The second part “The Earth Materials” deals with Earth and its internal structure. The third part “The Hydrologic System” is more exhaustive and deals with the hydrological system of the Earth including Weathering and [NAME], Streams, Groundwater, Karst, Glaciers, Oceans and Aeolian Processes and Landforms. The fourth and the final part “The Tectonic System” deals with different aspects of Plate Tectonics, Earthquakes and Volcanoes. | <p>Covers all aspects of physical geology and written in simple language</p><p>Explanations on relevant topics are concise and student-friendly</p><p>Provides the figures as well-labelled and easy to reproduce black and white diagrams</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6840-6 | Earth Sciences | Kammerer | [NAME]; [NAME]; Jörg Fröbisch | Early Evolutionary History of the Synapsida |  | Vertebrate Paleobiology and Paleoanthropology |  | 1 | 2013 | 664 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 664 p. 128 illus., 114 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17070 | Paleontology | RBX | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | Earth Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. “Pelycosaur”-grade Synapsids.- Part II. Anomodontia.- Part III. Theriodontia.- IV. Therapsid Diversity Patterns and the End-Permian Extinction. ​ | Non-mammalian synapsids were the dominant terrestrial vertebrates from the Late Carboniferous to the Middle Triassic and play a key role in understanding the origin and evolution of mammals. Despite these facts and the outstanding fossil record of the group, early synapsids remain obscure. This book showcases the full breadth of contemporary research on non-mammalian synapsids, ranging from taxonomy and phylogenetics to functional morphology, biogeography, paleoecology, and patterns of diversity. It also underscores the importance and potential of studying non-mammalian synapsid paleobiology in its own right, not just in the context of mammalian evolution.​ | <p>Focuses on the full breadth of non-mammalian synasid paleontology </p><p>Reflects the increased interest in the group over the past decade Includes strong component of morphological description, taxonomy, and phylogenetics</p><p>Explores synapsid functional morphology, paleoecology, biogeography, biostratigraphy, diversity patterns, and the effects of the end-Permian mass extinction </p><p>Features descriptions of new species (i.e. ‘Pelycosaur’) Provides broad overview of current research into synapsids in the Permo-Triassic</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-4-431-54417-3 | Earth Sciences | Kawase | [NAME] | Studies on the 2011 Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku Earthquake |  | Natural Disaster Science and Mitigation Engineering: DPRI reports |  | 1 | 2014 | 156 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 156 p. 150 illus., 120 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG35020 | Coastal Sciences | RGBP | SCT23004 | Civil Engineering | TN | Earth Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Coseismic Deformations of the 2011 Tohoku, Japan, Earthquake and Triggered Events Derived from ALOS/PALSAR.- Source Process of the 2011 Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku Earthquake.- Field Survey of the Damage Caused by the 2011 Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku Earthquake Tsunami.- Revisiting the Concept of Tsunami Tendenko: Tsunami evacuation behavior in the Great East Japan Earthquake.- Soil-slide avalanches of pyroclastic fall deposits induced by the 2011 Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku Earthquake.- Estimation of Strong Motion during the 2011 Northern Nagano Earthquake and an Associated Building Damage Survey.- Landslides in urban residential slopes induced by the 2011 off the Pacific coast of Tohoku Earthquake.- Soil Amplification and Nonlinearity Studies at K-Net Sites in Miyagi Prefecture, Tohoku, Japan Based on H/V Spectral Ratios for Earthquake Ground Motions.- Soil liquefaction along the Tokyo Bay coast induced by the 2011 Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku earthquake.- Sediment-related disasters caused by the Nagano-ken Hokubu Earthquake in the heavy snow season.- High-Resolution Local-Scale Ssimulations of Meteorological Conditions and [NAME] over the Fukushima Region in March 2011.- Uncertainty in simulation of global transport of radioactive tracer emitted from Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant. | The Tohoku earthquake on March 11, 2011, officially designated the “Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku, Japan Earthquake” by the Japan Meteorological Agency caused an unprecedentedly severe disaster in the northeastern part (Tohoku) of the Japanese island of Honshu. This first volume of the series Natural Disaster Science and Mitigation Engineering: DPRI Reports covers various aspects of investigations of scientific findings as well as issues related to the disaster and the subsequent evacuation necessitated by the earthquake. The series presents recent advances in natural disaster sciences and mitigation technologies developed in Japan, which will be valuable for the mitigation of disasters of a similar kind resulting from future events around the world. | Covers the different disciplines involved in investigating the disaster resulting from the Off the Pacific Coast of Tohoku, Japan Earthquake of 2011 <br>  <br>Presents detailed research findings for various aspects of the Tohoku disaster to initiate further detailed studies in order to prevent/mitigate similar disasters in future <br>  <br>Leading researchers in their respective fields provide in-depth specific investigations | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6072-1 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Application of Neural Networks in the Earth System Sciences | Neural Networks Emulations for Complex Multidimensional Mappings | Atmospheric and Oceanographic Sciences Library | 46 | 1 | 2013 | 189 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 189 p. 59 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Introduction to Mapping and Neural Networks.- Mapping Examples.- Some Generic Properties of Mappings.- MLP NN – A Generic Tool for Modeling Nonlinear Mappings.- Advantages and Limitations of the NN TechniqueNN Emulations.- Final remarks.- Atmospheric and Oceanic Remote Sensing Applications.- Deriving Geophysical Parameters from Satellite Measurements: Conventional Retrievals and Variational Retrievals.- NNs for Emulating Forward Models.- NNs for Solving Inverse Problems: NNs Emulating Retrieval Algorithms.-Controlling the NN Generalization and Quality Control of Retrievals.- Neural Network Emulations for SSM/I Data.- Using NNs to Go Beyond the Standard Retrieval Paradigm.- Discussion.-Applications of NNs to Developing Hybrid Earth System Numerical Models for Climate and Weather.- Numerical Modeling Background.- Hybrid Model Component and a Hybrid Model.- Atmospheric NN Applications.- An Ocean Application of the Hybrid Model Approach: Neural Network Emulation of Nonlinear Interactions in Wind Wave Models.- Discussion.- NN Ensembles and their applications.- Using NN Emulations of Dependencies between Model Variables in DAS.- NN nonlinear multi-model ensembles.- Perturbed physics and ensembles with perturbed physics.- Conclusions.- Comments about NN Technique.- Comments about other Statistical Learning Techniques. | This book brings together a representative set of Earth System Science (ESS) applications of the neural network (NN) technique. It examines a progression of atmospheric and oceanic problems, which, from the mathematical point of view, can be formulated as complex, multidimensional, and nonlinear mappings. It is shown that these problems can be solved utilizing a particular type of NN – the multilayer perceptron (MLP). This type of NN applications covers the majority of NN applications developed in ESSs such as meteorology, oceanography, atmospheric and oceanic satellite remote sensing, numerical weather prediction, and climate studies. The major properties of the mappings and MLP NNs are formulated and discussed. Also, the book presents basic background for each introduced application and provides an extensive set of references.  “This is an excellent book to learn how to apply artificial neural network methods to earth system sciences. The author, Dr. [NAME], is a universally recognized master in this field. With his vast knowledge and experience, he carefully guides the reader through a broad variety of problems found in the earth system sciences where neural network methods can be applied fruitfully. (...) The broad range of topics covered in this book ensures that researchers/graduate students from many fields (...) will find it an invaluable guide to neural network methods.” (Prof. [NAME], University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada) <br />“Vladimir [NAME] has been the “founding father” of applying computation intelligence methods to environmental science; (...) Dr. [NAME] has created a masterful exposition of a young, yet maturing field that promises to advance a deeper understanding of best modeling practices in environmental science.” (Dr. [NAME], National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, USA)  “[NAME] has written an important and wonderful book on applications of neural networks to replace complex and expensive computational algorithms within Earth System Science models. He is uniquely qualified to write this book, since he has been a true pioneer with regard to many of these applications. (...) Many other examples of creative emulations will inspire not just readers interested in the Earth Sciences, but any other modeling practitioner (...) to address both theoretical and practical complex problems that may (or will!) arise in a complex system.'  ” (Prof. [NAME], University of Maryland, USA) | <p>The book provides a unifying systematic approach to these types of problems, considering them as nonlinear multidimensional mappings that can be emulated by NNs <br><br>The book introduces a basic mathematical concept of complex nonlinear mapping and offers a generic approach – NN emulation technique -  for modeling such mappings</p><p>The book presents a detailed discussion of several types of practical, complex, real life applications developed by the author</p><p>The discussion helps the reader to understand general concepts and provides numerous technical details that are vitally important for practical implementation of presented methodology</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-7408-1 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; Lydia Stefanova; Vasubandhu Misra | Tropical Meteorology | An Introduction | Springer Atmospheric Sciences |  | 1 | 2013 | 423 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 423 p. 224 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SC312000 | Meteorology | RBF | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The Zonally Averaged Tropical Circulation.- Zonally Asymmetric Features in the Tropics.- The Intertropical Convergence Zone.- Heat Induced Circulations.- Monsoons.- Tropical Waves and Tropical Depressions.- The Madden Julian Oscillation.- Scale Interaction in the Tropics.- El Nino and Southern Oscillation.- Diabatic Potential Vorticity Over the Global Tropics.- Tropical Cloud Ensembles.- Tropical boundary layer.- Radiative Forcing.- Dry and moist static stability.- Hurricane Observations.- Genesis, Tracks and Intensification of Hurricanes.- Modeling and Forecasting of Hurricanes.- Sea Breeze and Diurnal Change Over the Tropics.- Tropical Squall Lines and Mesoscale convective systems. | This book is designed as an introductory course in Tropical Meteorology for the graduate or advanced level undergraduate student. The material within can be covered in a one-semester course program. The text starts from the global scale-view of the Tropics, addressing the zonally symmetric and asymmetric features of the tropical circulation. It then goes on to progressively smaller spatial and time scales – from the El Niño Southern Oscillation and the Asian Monsoon, down to tropical waves, hurricanes, sea breezes, and tropical squall lines. The emphasis in most chapters is on the observational aspects of the phenomenon in question, the theories regarding its nature and maintenance, and the approaches to its numerical modeling. The concept of scale interactions is also presented as a way of gaining insight into the generation and redistribution of energy for the maintenance of oscillations of a variety of spatial and temporal scales. | <p>No up-to-date comparable book available </p><p>Tropical Meteorology is a growing field </p><p>Text is designed as an introductory course in tropical meteorology </p><p>Book will appeal to students as well as professionals in weather forecasting, insurance, etc</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7078-2 | Earth Sciences | L'Heureux | Jean-Sébastien L'Heureux; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Landslides in Sensitive Clays | From Geosciences to Risk Management | Advances in Natural and Technological Hazards Research | 36 | 1 | 2014 | 726 | Hard cover | Book | X, 726 p. 184 illus., 126 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Sensitive clay: source, nature and development.- Part II: Landslide characterization.- Part III: Integrated geotechnical and geophysical site investigations.- Part IV: Slope stability, modelling and progressive failure.- Part V: Hazard assessment, risk management, regulations and policies. | Landslides in sensitive clays represent a major hazard in the northern countries of the world such as Canada, Finland, Norway, Russia, Sweden and in the US state of Alaska. Past and recent examples of catastrophic landslides at e.g. Saint-Jean-Vianney in 1971, [NAME] in 1979, Finneidfjord in 1996 and Kattmarka in 2009 have illustrated the great mobility of the remolded sensitive clays and their hazardous retrogressive potential. These events call for a better understanding of landslide in sensitive clay terrain to assist authorities with state-of-the-art hazard assessment methods, risk management schemes, mitigation measures and planning. During the last decades the elevated awareness regarding slope movement in sensitive clays has led to major advances in mapping techniques and development of highly sophisticated geotechnical and geophysical investigation tools. Great advances in numerical techniques dealing with progressive failure and landslide kinematic have also lead to increase understanding and predictability of landslides in sensitive clays and their consequences. This volume consists of the latest scientific research by international experts dealing with geological, geotechnical and geophysical aspects of slope failure in sensitive clays and focuses on understanding the full spectrum of challenges presented by landslides in such brittle materials. | Unique subject tackled in very few other publications <br><br>State-of-the-art perspective of landslides in sensitive clays and their consequences <br>  <br>Consideration on the source, nature, development and characterization of sensitive clays <br>  <br>Engineering contemplation, modelling and slope stability assessment in sensitive clays <br><br>Hazard and risk management consideration in sensitive clay terrain | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38261-1 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Diversity, Biomineralization and Rock Magnetism of Magnetotactic Bacteria |  | Springer Theses |  | 1 | 2013 | 92 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 92 p. 27 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | SCG35010 | Biogeosciences | RGM | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Background.- Novel approach for enrichment, purification and characterization of magnetotactic bacteria.- Diversity of magnetotactic bacteria and its implications for environment.- Metagenomic analysis of uncultivated magnetotactic [NAME] magnetic properties of magnetotactic bacteria. | Magnetotactic bacteria (MTB) synthesize intracellular nano-sized minerals of magnetite and/or greigite magnetosomes for magnetic orientation. They play important roles in global iron cycling and sedimentary magnetism, and have a broad range of potential applications in both biotechnological and biomedical fields. However, because the majority of MTB in nature remain unculturable, our understanding of these specific bacteria remains fairly limited. This thesis describes the development of a novel approach for effectively collecting, purifying and characterizing uncultivated magnetotactic bacteria. The diversity, genomic information and rock magnetic properties of various uncultivated MTB are investigated and characterized using a combination of biological and geophysical methods. The results will lead to a better understanding of the biogeography and biomineralization mechanisms of MTB in nature, and improve our knowledge of the contributions of MTB to biogeochemical cycles of elements and sedimentary magnetism.  Dr. [NAME] works at the Institute of Geology and Geophysics, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China | <p>Nominated by the Chinese Academy of Sciences as an outstanding thesis</p><p>Develops a new approach for effectively collecting, purifying and characterizing uncultivated magnetotactic bacteria</p><p>Investigates the diversity, biomineralization and rock magnetic properties of magnetotactic bacteria, and evaluates their contributions to environmental reconstruction and sedimentary magnetism through interdisciplinary approaches</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-90-481-9047-8 | Earth Sciences | Maruyama | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Earth System and Evolution of Life |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | X, 300p. 200 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 79.95 | 85.55 | 87.95 | 69.99 | 115 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG35010 | Biogeosciences | RGM | SCP22057 | Astrobiology | VXQB | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2014-07-01 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Earth system.- Plate tectonics.- Igneous petrology.- Metamorphic petrology.- Sedimentology.- Structural geology.- Orogeny.- World geology.- Earth history.- Earth system through time.- Evolution of life. | During the last 200 years since Geology has been established as an integrated science, nearly the same duration as modern Biology, our understanding of the Earth has taken great leaps forward through the works of several experts, and by contributions from a large number of scientific community. In the 21st Century, however, we face a massive challenge to understand and integrate the voluminous data and break-through made in several fields of Genome-Biology, Astronomy, Climate in the near future, fast depleting resources and the fate of human beings in this Planet. The well illustrated chapters in this book provide a succinent summary of the multi-disciplinary nature of science and attempts to bridge genome-level biology through astronomy and earth history. Earth system is synthesized as a unit combining various features of the multi-layered Earth for the undergraduate, graduate and experts belonging to various specialties, with an aim to extend the frontiers of the new-generation as well as the future of science. | <p>Multidisciplinary nature in understanding Earth as an interactive system</p><p>Bridges astronomy, genome biology, environmental science and earth science</p><p>Contents focused on new frontiers and future of science</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00665-9 | Earth Sciences | Miall | [NAME] | Fluvial Depositional Systems |  | Springer Geology |  | 1 | 2014 | 182 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 182 p. 232 illus., 105 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Sedimentology | RBGB | SCG17020 | Historical Geology | [NAME] | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The facies and architecture of fluvial systems.- Allogenic sedimentary [NAME] Modern depositional systems.- Ancient depositional systems. | The book summarizes methods of mapping and interpretation of fluvial depositional systems, with a detailed treatment of the tectonic, climatic and eustatic controls on fluvial depositional processes. It focuses on the preserved, ancient depositional record and emphasizes large-scale (basin-scale) depositional processes. Tectonic and climatic controls of fluvial sedimentation and the effects of base-level change on sequence architecture are discussed. Profusely illustrated and with an extensive reference to the recent literature, this book will be welcomed by the student and professional geologist alike. | Applies modern sequence-stratigraphic methods and concepts to the nonmarine environment <br><br>Demonstrates and explains integrated stratigraphic-sedimentologic methods for analysis and interpretation <br><br>Discusses the information regarding basin-scale tectonic, climatic, eustatic and paleogeographic history that may be derived from the study of the ancient fluvial record | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01016-8 | Earth Sciences | Mueller | [NAME]; Abdulla Saparov; [NAME] | Novel Measurement and Assessment Tools for Monitoring and Management of Land and Water Resources in Agricultural Landscapes of Central Asia |  | Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2013 | 698 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 698 p. 309 illus., 255 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ |  |  |  | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Land and Water Resources of Central Asia, their Utilisation and Ecological Status.- Soil Resources of the Republic of Kazakhstan: Current Status, Problems and Solutions.- Long-Term Monitoring and Water Resource Management of the Republic of Kazakhstan.- Trends in Agriculture of Central Asia and Implications for Rangelands and [NAME]. | The book aims to initiate a sustainable use of land and water resources in Central Asia by the transfer of scientific methods. It deals with the most advanced methods worldwide for  better monitoring and management of water and land resources. We offer an array of methods of measuring, assessing, forecasting, utilizing and controling processes in agricultural landscapes. These are laboratory and field measurement methods, methods of resource evaluation, functional mapping and risk assessment, and remote sensing methods for monitoring and modeling large areas. The book contains methods and results of data analysis and ecosystem modeling, of bioremediation of soil and water, field monitoring of soils, and methods and technologies for optimizing land use systems as well. The chapter authors are inventors and advocators of novel transferrable methods. The book starts with an analysis of the current state of water and land resources. Finally concrete proposals for the applicability of novel methods are given. | <p>Concentrates on Central Asia, a global resource hotspot with a critical state of ecosystems, high conflict potential, and an urgent need to be addressed</p><p>Delivers an up-to-date complex analysis of the degradation status of Central Asian land and water </p><p>Proposes new solutions for initiating sustainable development and focus on methodologies having a high application potential for Central Asia </p><p>Accessible to a broad readership: scientists, planners, students, lecturers, decision makers, advanced farmers </p><p>Includes summaries and figure captions based on Russian data previously unavailable in English</p><p>Constitutes the first detailed overview of this important environmental theatre</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00454-9 | Earth Sciences | Rapp | [NAME] | Assessing Climate Change | Temperatures, Solar Radiation and Heat Balance | Springer Praxis Books |  | 3 | 2014 | 600 | Hard cover | Book | 600 p. 290 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG35000 | Earth System Sciences | RB | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-08-15 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The climate debate.- 2. Variability of climate over the past few thousand years.- 3. Global scares.- 4. Earth temperatures over the past two hundred years.- 5. Carbon dioxide through the ages.- 6. The Earth's heat balance and the greenhouse effect.- 7. Energy and climate in the 21st century.- 8. Impacts of global warming.- 9. The Kyoto Protocol.- 10. Final remarks. | This book is by far the most comprehensive, broadest and most detailed review of climate change ever published. With almost 1,000 references to publications and reports, it covers the complete literature and provides a systematic review of climate change in almost all of its aspects. The third edition brings the 2nd edition up to date with many new graphs and 400 new references. | <p>Most comprehensive and detailed book on the subject, no similar titles come close to its scope </p><p>Includes hundreds of graphs and specific references to climate literature </p><p>Most up-to-date publication using data up to end of 2012</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6756-0 | Earth Sciences | Romanescu | Gheorghe Romanescu; [NAME]; [NAME] | Limnology of the Red Lake, Romania | An Interdisciplinary Study |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 234 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 234 p. 134 illus., 99 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG19005 | Hydrogeology | RBK | [NAME] | Marine & Freshwater Sciences | RBKF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-14 00:00:00 |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Acknowledgements.- 1. Definition of lakes and their position in the Romanian territory.- 2. Geographic location and boundaries.- 3. The Red Lake within the Bicaz Gorges-Hăghimaş national park.- 4. Paleogeographic evolution of the hydrographic basin and the lacustrine basin.- 5. Morphographic and morphometric features of the Hăghimaş mountains, the hydrographic basin and the Red Lake lacustrine basin.- 6. The nature of sediments within the lacustrine basin.- 7. Climatic setting.- 8. The seasonal variation of temperature, ph and dissolved oxygen concentration.- 9. Vegetation and [NAME] 10. The Red Lake wetland – boundary principles and ecologic characteristics.- 11. Water management.- Conclusions.- Index. | The Red Lake is a natural barrier lake at the foot of the Hasmasu Mare Mountains in the Eastern Carpathian Range in Romania. It was formed when the Bicaz River was blocked by a natural dam resulting from two landslides during an extreme heavy storm in 1837. This book presents an interdisciplinary and comprehensive study on the physical, chemical, geographical and ecological aspects of Red Lake (Lacu Rosu). The first three chapters cover the formation and geological setting and its relationship with the Bicaz Gorges-Haghimas national park. Subsequent chapters present the sedimentological, morphological and hydrological evolution of this unique natural laboratory and climatological setting. The final chapters deal with ecological aspects of Red Lake waters and adjacent ecosystems such as wetlands and water resource management issues. | Includes  limno-ecological parameters <br><br>Focuses on principles for delimiting wetlands <br><br>Presents  management of lacustrine systems | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4020-5716-8 | Earth Sciences | Rossi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mineral Resource Estimation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 600 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | X, 600 p. 250 illus., 100 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | approx. | 74.95 | 80.2 | 82.45 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Mineral Resources | PNV | [NAME] | Geotechnical Engineering & Applied Earth Sciences | RBGL | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2014-01-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Statistical Tools and Concepts.- Geological Controls and Block Modeling.- Definition of Estimation Domains.- Data.- Spatial Continuity.- Mining Dilution.- Recoverable Resources: Estimation.- Recoverable Resources: Simulation.- [NAME] and Reconciliations.- Uncertainty and Risk.- Short Term Models.- Case Studies.- Conclusions. | Mineral resource estimation has changed considerably in the past 25 years: geostatistical techniques have become commonplace and continue to evolve; computational horsepower has revolutionized all facets of numerical modeling; mining and processing operations are often larger; and uncertainty quantification is becoming standard practice. Recent books focus on historical methods or details of geostatistical theory. So there is a growing need to collect and synthesize the practice of modern mineral resource estimation into a book for undergraduate students, beginning graduate students, and young geologists and engineers. It is especially fruitful that this book is written by authors with years of relevant experience performing mineral resource estimation and with years of relevant teaching experience. This comprehensive textbook and reference fills this need. | <p>Comprehensive text covers modern practice of mineral resource estimation</p><p>Theory and practice are explained in sufficient detail for practitioners</p><p>Case studies demonstrate best practices</p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6880-2 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; A.Ya. Shevko; [NAME] | [NAME] and Ore Formation in the Siberian Noril'sk Region | Volume 2. Atlas of Magmatic Rocks | Modern Approaches in Solid Earth Sciences | 3 | 1 | 2014 | 640 | Hard cover | Book | 640 p. 331 illus., 327 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 67.99 | 72.75 | 74.79 | 61.99 | 91 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG |  |  |  | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Volume 2. Atlas of magmatic rocks.- Part 1 Effusive complexes in the Norilsk region.- Part 2 Intrusive complexes in the Norilsk region. | The basis of this investigation is the petrographic and geochemical understanding of principal igneous rock types of the Noril’sk region, in order to demonstrate that these data provide unique and self-evident solutions to the problems of petrogenesis and mineralization. The results of the investigations are presented in two volumes: the first includes mainly text and the second contains illustrations. In the first volume, the state of the main problems of the genesis of igneous rocks with reference to Traps and related ore deposits is discussed, as well as short petrological descriptions of igneous complexes in the region, the mineral and geochemical diversity of the rocks, and aspects of the differentiation of basaltic melts and mineralization are described. Taking into account the vast number of publications on the petrology of Traps of the Noril’sk region, primary attention in the monograph is given to earlier unknown phenomena, as well as other aspects that are of great importance for solving genetic problems. Some exotic geologic targets such as the [NAME] differentiated cover, the magnetite lava flow of the Putorana Plateau, the magmatogenic breccia of [NAME] and others are described in detail. The second volume contains an atlas of Rock Indications of igneous rock-types; formally identified reference rocks from all igneous complexes of the region, as well as photographs of thin sections of typical rocks and analytical tables of rocks and minerals from the key sections of sedimentary units and intrusions. Each rock type has been geochemically and petrographically analysed thereby providing a formal identity, complete with a photograph of the thin section. Photomicrographs of the rocks in this book will be a useful aid in visualizing the diversity of rock types in the Traps; each photograph reflecting a unique combination of minerals. | Consists out of two volumes: Volume 1 provides a detailed account on petrology, mineralogy and geochemistry of the Siberian Traps <br><br>Volume 2 is a very comprehensive and high quality atlas of 350 colour photomicrographs <br><br>Is an all-embracing tome on the topic, dealing with aspects of mineralization unknown in the western world <br><br>Can be used for predictive targeting of mineral deposits | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00866-0 | Earth Sciences | Shan | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Landslides in Cold Regions in the Context of Climate Change |  | Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-09-16 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Landslides in cold regions have different mechanisms from those in other areas, and comparatively few research efforts have been made in this field. Recently, because of climate change, some new trends concerning landslide occurrence and motion have appeared, severely impacting economic development and communities. This book collects key case studies from the cold regions all over the world, providing an overview of the general situation. | <p>Covers the different types of landslides in cold regions, including those under different geological and geomorphologic conditions</p><p>Supplies specific methods for landslide monitoring and evaluation for cold regions</p><p>Presents comprehensive countermeasures for landslides in cold regions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-4-431-54254-4 | Earth Sciences | Shaw | [NAME] | Disaster Recovery | Used or Misused Development Opportunity | Disaster Risk Reduction |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | 450 p. 92 illus., 73 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | Earth Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Post disaster recovery: issues and challenges.- Post-Disaster Reconstruction and Institutional Mechanisms for Risk Reduction: A Comparative Study of Three Disasters in India.- Collaborative governance and disaster recovery: The National Disaster Recovery Framework (NDRF) in the U.S..- Typhoon Morakot and institutional changes in Taiwan.- Institution and governance related learning from the East Japan Earthquake and Tsunami.- Institutional response in education sector in Kesennuma city.- Implication of 2010 Flood in Education Sector in Pakistan.- Role of civil society and its role in formal and informal education as a part of disaster [NAME] New insights of education sector from East Japan Earthquake and Tsunami.- School Based Community Recovery in Kamaishi, Japan.- Post-disaster Housing Reconstruction in Indonesia: Review and Lessons from Aceh, Yogyakarta, West Java and West Sumatra Earthquakes.- Coastal Zone Management in Tamil Nadu, India: Challenges and Innovations.- Post-Aila community recovery innovations and ecological planning.- Incorporating Traditional Knowledge in Post Disaster Recovery to Integrate Climate Change Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduction.- Technological and Innovative Measures to Improve Flood Disaster Recovery following Mumbai 2005 Mega-flood.- Mangrove management and cyclone risk reduction in Kachchh, Gujarat.- Adaptive and transformative capacities of communities after disaster: The case of oil spills in Guimaras, Philippines.- Environmental management and urban recovery.- Integrated health care as the future of disaster recovery potentials in tohoku Region.- Role of community radio in post disaster recovery: Comparative analysis of Japan and Indonesia.- Disaster recovery as A development vehicle. | This book explains key lessons learned from diverse disaster situations and analyzes them within the framework of governance, education, and technology, providing a framework for disaster recovery as a development opportunity. In post-disaster situations, different types of resources are put into the affected region, varying according to technical, financial, intellectual, and community resources. If properly implemented, disaster recovery can change the context of risk-reduction approaches; if not, it can create additional hazards. In some countries, the post-disaster recovery process has even changed the socio-economic and political context of the affected region and country. The book has 21 chapters and is divided into four parts: governance and institutional issues (five chapters), education and learning issues (four chapters), technology and innovation issues (five chapters), and cross-cutting issues (five chapters). The final chapter provides an analysis of the key topics.               The primary target groups for this book are students and researchers in the fields of environment, disaster risk reduction, and climate change studies. The book provides them with a good idea of the current research trends in the field and furnishes basic knowledge about these vital topics. Another target group comprises practitioners and policy makers, who will be able to apply the knowledge collected here to policy and decision making. | <p>The book provides case examples from different parts of the world on recent major disaster events<br>This book analyzes the disaster recovery on three unique components: governance, education and technology<br>Practitioner's perspective is the key source of the book chapters</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01082-3 | Earth Sciences | Singh | [NAME] | Biological Remediation of Explosive Residues |  | Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 612 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 612 p. 103 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | SCU15000 | Environmental Chemistry | RNP | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Bioremediation of nitroglycerin: State of the science.- Biodegradation of nitrophenol compounds.- Biodegradation of hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane (CL-20).- Bioremediation of 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene explosive residues.- Bioremediation of nitroexplosive waste waters. | Microbial degradation, Phytoremediation, Remediation, Explosive residues, Biotransformation, Mineralization, Degradative Enzymes, Degradation Pathways, Energetics, Soil contamination, Water contamination. | <p>Presents the state of the art on microbial degradation</p><p>Focuses on eco-friendly and cost-effective technologies for waste minimization</p><p>Covers the biological treatment of explosive residues</p><p>Explores bio-degradative pathways of energetics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00788-5 | Earth Sciences | Sokolovskiy | [NAME]; [NAME] | Dynamics of Vortex Structures in a Stratified Rotating Fluid |  | Atmospheric and Oceanographic Sciences Library | 47 | 1 | 2014 | 502 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 502 p. 256 illus., 179 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | The Introductory Chapter.- Dynamics of Discrete Vortices.- Dynamics of Finite-core Vortices.- The Concluding Chapter. | This book presents an extensive analysis of the dynamics of discrete and distributed baroclinic vortices in a multi-layer fluid that characterizes the main features of the large and mesoscales dynamics of the atmosphere and the ocean. It widely covers the case of hetonic situations as well as the case of intrathermocline vortices that are familiar in oceanographic and of recognized importance for heat and mass transfers. Extensive typology of such baroclinic eddies is made and analysed with the help of theoretical development and numerical computations. As a whole it gives an overview and synthesis of all the many situations that can be encountered based on the long history of the theory of vortex motion and on many new situations. It gives a renewed insight on the extraordinary richness of vortex dynamics and open the way for new theoretical, observational and experimental advances. This volume is of interest to experts in physical oceanography,  meteorology, hydrodynamics, dynamic systems, involved in theoretical, experimental and applied research and lecturers, post-graduate students, and students in these fields. | Extensive mathematical derivation of geostrophy baroclinic eddy theory <br><br>Comprehensive analysis of heton dynamics and intrathermocline lens dynamics <br><br>Unique description (including many figures) of the typology of baroclinic eddies <br><br>Synthesis of the literature on the eddy dynamics theory and state of the art theoretical developments | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-31859-7 | Earth Sciences | Teisseyre | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | Extreme Processes in Solids and Fluids | GeoPlanet: Earth and Planetary Sciences |  | 1 | 2013 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 180 p. 40 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | SCP2100X | Classical [NAME] | PHD | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: independent strain and transport motions.- [NAME]: basic motions and equations.- Transport and float transport motions.- Vortices and molecular fracture transport.- Defect densities.- Structural and fracture anisotropy.- Induced strains.- Thermodynamic relations.- Mutual interactions: electric / magnetic fields and strains.- Quantum analogies.- Extreme processes.- Release-Rebound Processes and Motions. | This book deals with a class of basic deformations in [NAME]. It describes molecular deformations and transport velocities in fluids, strain deformations in solids as well as the molecular transport, important in fracture processes.     In solids, a separate problem relates to the displacements; their recording, e.g., by means of the seismometers, proves only the existence of the displacement derivatives and not a real displacement. However, the molecular displacements and new fracture criterion including the defect distributions and induced strains are defined in the book too.     In fluids, the transport velocities and molecular strains describe the motion processes. The vortex motions are defined by means of the rotational transport; this approach leads to more complicated problems, like the turbulence phenomena.        The interaction processes, including the electric and magnetic fields, and some thermodynamical problems and quantum theory analogies help to understand the extreme processes | <p>Presents new fundamentals for solid and [NAME], including fractures, vorticity and turbulence</p><p>Helps to understand better the processes in fluids and solids</p><p>Comprehensive in scope</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6768-3 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Jean-Philippe Malet; [NAME] | Mountain Risks: From Prediction to Management and Governance |  | Advances in Natural and Technological Hazards Research | 34 | 1 | 2013 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 340 p. 139 illus., 108 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | [NAME] | Mineral Resources | PNV | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Introduction: The components of risk governance.- Part I : New techniques for assessing mass movement hazards.- 2. Innovative techniques for the detection and characterization of the kinematics of slow-moving landslides.- 3. Innovative techniques for the characterization of the morphology, geometry and hydrological features of slow-moving landslides.- 4. Techniques for the modelling of the process systems in slow and fast-moving landslides.- Part II: Methodologies to assess the impact of the natural hazards on the society in terms of risks.- 5. Methods for debris flow hazard and risk assessment.- 6. Advances in methodologies for rockfall hazard and risk assessments.- 7. Medium-scale multi-hazard risk assessment of gravitational processes.- 8. Methods for the characterization of the vulnerability of elements at risk.- 9. The importance of the lessons learnt from past disasters for risk assessment.- Part III: The response of the Society towards the problems of hazard and risk.- 10. Disaster mitigation by spatial planning.- 11. Disaster mitigation by corrective and protection measures.- 12. The relevance of legal aspects, risk cultures and insurance possibilities for risk management.- 13. The relevance of Early-Warning Systems and evacuation plans for risk management.- 14. Risk assessment: Establishing practical thresholds for acceptable and tolerable risks.- 15.  The use of geo-information and modern visualization tools for risk communication.- Index. | This book offers a cross disciplinary treatment of the rapidly growing field of integrated approaches in risk assessment in mountainous areas. All major aspects related to hazard and risk assessment, risk management, and governance are illustrated with a wide range of case studies.  The first part of the book focuses on new techniques for assessing the natural hazards of different types of mass movements. State-of-the-art techniques for morphological characterization and monitoring of displacements are described. Computational advances are covered to explain the process systems and to quantify the hazards of fast and slow-moving landslides.  In the second part of the book methodologies are included for assessing the impact of these natural hazards on the society in terms of risks. In this part, methodologies for defining the vulnerability of the elements at risk are shown and the use of run-out models for risk assessment of the dangerous rapid mass movements are evaluated.  The third part of the book focuses on the response of society towards the problems of hazard and risk. It highlights the role of spatial planning, early warning systems and evacuation plans for risk management. It establishes practical thresholds for acceptable and tolerable risks and emphasizes the importance of education and communication to society.   Audience  The book is of interest to a wide range of experts from related disciplines, practitioners and stakeholders to demonstrate the importance of an integrated approach for all aspects of risks in mountainous areas. | <p>Interdisciplinary approach covering all aspects of mountain hazard and risk assessment, management and governance</p><p>Describes state-of-the-art methodological and computational advances, as well as new risk management strategies for quantitative hazard and risk analysis</p><p>Gives an advanced understanding of mountain hydro-geomorphological processes and on how to apply this understanding to living with hazards in the long-term</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38429-5 | Earth Sciences | Zolesi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Ionospheric Prediction and Forecasting |  | Springer Geophysics |  | 1 | 2013 | 244 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 244 p. 138 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | [NAME] | Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences | TTDS | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Ionospheric Structure.- Ionospheric measurements for prediction and forecasting. Ionospheric prediction for radio propagation purposes.- Total electron content modelling and mapping.- Ionospheric forecasting.- Prediction and forecasting user manual. | This book describes how to predict and forecast the state of planet Earth’s ionosphere under quiet and disturbed conditions in terms of dynamical processes in the weakly ionized plasma media of the upper atmosphere and their relation to available modern measurements and modelling techniques. It explains the close relationship between the state of the media and the radio wave propagation conditions via this media. The prediction and forecasting algorithms, methods and models are oriented towards providing a practical approach to ionospherically dependent systems design and engineering. Proper understanding of the ionosphere is of fundamental practical importance because it is an essential part of telecommunication and navigation systems that use the ionosphere to function or would function much better in its nonappearance on the Earth and on any planet with an atmosphere. | <p>It is a rapid guide to predicting the state of the terrestrial ionosphere</p><p>Provides a practical approach to ionosphere dependent systems design and engineering</p><p>Presents aspects of ionospheric prediction and forecasting relevant for space weather phenomena and their effects on new technologies</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00517-1 | Earth Sciences | de la Fuente | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Origin, Evolution and Biogeographic History of South American Turtles |  | Springer Earth System Sciences |  | 1 | 2013 | 161 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 161 p. 46 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Earth Sciences | SCG17070 | Paleontology | RBX | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Aquatic cryptodiran turtles: the most recent island hoppers.- Tortoises: the oldest island hoppers.- South Gondwanan pleurodiran turtles.- North Gondwanan Pleurodiran Turtles.-  Meiolaniforms: an extinct lineage of turtles of Gondwanan origin.- Early differentiation of Mesozoic turtles. | The extended continental South American turtle record (Norian to Lujanian) allows us to follow the evolution of this reptile clade from its origins. Several significant stem turtle taxa such as: Palaeochersis talampayensis and [NAME] antiqua provide information on the first steps of turtle evolution. Others such as: Chubutemys copelloi or Patagoniaemys gasparinae provide clues to the origin of the bizarre horned tortoises of the clade Meiolaniidae. The panpleurodiran species such as Notoemys laticentralis or Notoemys zapatocaensis shed light on the origin of modern pleurodiran turtles.  This book explores aquatic and terrestrial cryptodiran turtles, South Gondwana pleurodiran turtles, North Gondwana pleurodiran turtles; Meiolaniforms and early differentiation of Mesozoic turtles. | <p>Fast access to relevant information about extant and extinct species of South American turtles</p><p>Distribution maps of extant and extinct species of South American turtle species</p><p><p>Life reconstruction of peculiar extinct South American species</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | [PHONE]-72-7 | Environment | Pariatamby | Agamuthu Pariatamby; Masaru [NAME] | Municipal Solid Waste Management in Asia and the Pacific Islands | Challenges and Strategic Solutions | Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 561 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 561 p. 95 illus., 72 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU31001 | Waste Management/Waste Technology | RNH | SCU33000 | Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology | TQ | Environment | Professional book | Springer Singapore | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Sustainable Society and Municipal Solid Waste Management.- Sustainable 3R Practice in the Asia and Pacific Regions: The Challenges and Issues.- Formalization of Informal Recycling in Low-Income Countries.- 3R (Reduce, [NAME] and Recycle) in Bangladesh.- [NAME] in Cambodia.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in China.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in India.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in Indonesia.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in Japan.- Management of Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) in Korea.- MSW Management in Malaysia: Changes for Sustainability.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in Nepal.- Solid Waste Management in Pacific Island Countries and Territories.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in the Philippines.- Solid Waste Management in Sri Lanka.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in Taiwan: From Solid Waste to Sustainable Material Management.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in Thailand: Challenges and Strategic Solution.- Municipal Solid Waste Management in Vietnam: [NAME] and Solutions.​ | Solid waste management issues, technologies and challenges are dynamic. More so, in developing and transitory nations in Asia. This book, written by Asian experts in solid waste management, explores the current situation in Asian countries including Pacific Islands. There are not many technical books of this kind, especially dedicated to this region of the world. The chapters form a comprehensive, coherent investigation in municipal solid waste (MSW) management, including, definitions used, generation, sustainable waste management system, legal framework and impacts on global warming.   Several case studies from Asian nations are included to exemplify the real situation experienced. Discussions on MSW policy in these countries and their impacts on waste management and minimization (if any) are indeed an eye-opener. Undoubtedly, this book would be a pioneer in revealing the latest situation in the Asian region, which includes two of the world’s most dynamic nations in the economic growth. It is greatly envisaged to form an excellent source of reference in MSW management in Asia and Pacific Islands. This book will bridge the wide gap in available information between the developed and transitory/developing nations. | Written by Asian experts in solid waste management, this book explores the current situation in Asian countries including Pacific Islands<br><br>The chapters form a comprehensive and coherent investigation in solid waste management, which will help bridge the wide gap in available information between developed and transitory/developing nations<br><br>Several case studies from Asian nations are included to exemplify the real situation experienced<br><br>Reveals the latest situation in the Asian region, which includes two of the world’s most dynamic nations in economic growth | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-8004-4 | Environment | Brar | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Biotransformation of Waste Biomass into High Value Biochemicals |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 540 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 540 p. 50 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU31001 | Waste Management/Waste Technology | RNH | SCC12002 | Biotechnology | TCB | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Sources, types and management strategies of agro-industrial wastes.- Pretreatment strategies to enhance vallue addition of agro-industrial wastes.- Sequestration of carbon through value-addition approach.- Microbial Pigments.- Aroma compounds and fragrances.- Antioxidants.- Antibiotics.- Plant growth hormones and other phytochemicals.- Probiotics.- Prebiotics.- Small peptides and anti-cancer compounds.- Antimicrobial compounds.- Single cell proteins.- Biopolymers/Biopolysaccharides.-  Biosurfactants​.- Index. | Agro-industrial wastes are end-products emerging after industrial processing operations and also from their treatment and disposal e.g. solid fruit wastes and sludge. The agro-industrial wastes are often present in multiphase and comprise multicomponent. Nevertheless, these wastes are a goldmine as they possess valuable organic matter which can be diverted towards high value products ranging from polymers to antibiotics to platform chemicals. There have been plenty of books published on bioenergy, enzymes and organic acids, among others. However, this emerging field of biochemical has not yet been covered so far which is an important entity of the biorefinery model from waste biomass and needs to be understood from fundamental, applied as well as commercial perspective which has been laid out in this book. | <p>​​​​Concentrates on the production of biotechnological products which are produced in large quantities, such as organic acids, biofuels and enzymes using agricultural and food industry wastes​</p><p>Provides information on high value biochemicals produced in small quantities</p><p>Chapters present up-to-date and detailed information on agro-industrial waste residues and bioconversion technology to obtain high value biochemicals of economic importance</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6850-5 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Salinity and Drainage in San Joaquin Valley, California | Science, Technology, and Policy | Global Issues in Water Policy | 5 | 1 | 2014 | 394 | Hard cover | Book | X, 394 p. 57 illus. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Environment | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | SCW12230 | Environmental Economics | KCN | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: E. W. Hilgard and the History of Irrigation in the San Joaquin Valley: Stunning Productivity, Slowly Undone by Inadequate Drainage.- Chapter 2: Salinity and Drainage Problems and the Framework for a Response.- Chapter 3: Scales and Scaling as a Framework for Synthesizing Irrigated Agroecosystem Research on the Westside San Joaquin Valley.- Chapter 4: Biogeochemistry of Trace Elements: Reactions in Soils.- Chapter 5: Uptake, Metabolism, and Volatilization of Selenium by Terrestrial Plants.- Chapter 6: Microbial Volatilization and Reduction of Selenium.- Chapter 7: Chemistry and Biology of Agricultural Evaporation Ponds.- Chapter 8: Management of Evaporation Basins to Reduce and Avoid Adverse Impacts to Water Birds.- Chapter 9: Integrated Irrigation and Drainage Water Management.- Chapter 10: Drainage water reuse: Concepts, Practices and Potential Crops.- Chapter 11: Membrane Desalination of Agricultural Drainage Water.- Chapter 12: Advances in Wetland Salinity Management.- Chapter 13: Regional Economics and Management in Closed Drainage Basins.- Chapter 14: Beyond California: An International Perspective on Sustainability of Irrigated Agriculture.- Index. | This book documents the history of irrigated agriculture and drainage in the San Joaquin Valley, and describes the hydrology and biogeochemical processes of salts and selenium, remediation technologies for salts and trace elements and policy and management options. The contents are comprised of fourteen chapter-length independent treatises, each depicting with fresh perspective a distinctive salinity drainage topic.  The opening chapters detail the evolution of irrigated agriculture, and depict the geochemical and hydrological processes that define the San Joaquin Valley, including the physics, chemistry, and biology attributes that impact water management policies and strategies.   Next, the contributors address the biogeochemistry of selenium, the role of plants in absorbing it from soils, and the processes involved in retaining and concentrating dissolved salts in drainage water. Further chapters describe on-farm and plot-level irrigation provisions to reduce agricultural drainage outputs and examine their effects on plant performance.   This volume offers realistic policy analysis of water management options for irrigated agriculture in the Valley and assesses their respective outcomes, if implemented. Also included is an international perspective on the sustainability of irrigated agriculture there. | <p>Offers a comprehensive delineation of salinity drainage issues from basic research to technology development and policy analysis </p><p>Includes special chapters on terrestrial and aquatic selenium biogeochemistry, operations of drainage evaporation ponds, and desalination of agricultural drainage water </p><p>Demonstrates advanced technologies in irrigation management and in-basin drainage water and salinity control</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01091-5 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Securing Water and Wastewater Systems | Global Experiences | Protecting Critical Infrastructure | 2 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 100 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 173 | English | Environment | SCU35040 | Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution | TQSW | SCX18000 | Political Science, general | JPA | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-09-01 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Direct Threats To Water and Wastewater Infrastructure.- Role of design basis threats in the development, design, and implementation of water security studies and improvement.- Industrial Control System (ICS) Cyber Security for Water and Waste Water Systems.- Implementing Machine Learning Algorithms for Water Quality Event Detection: Theory and Practice.- Sensor Placement Under Nodal Demand Uncertainty for Water Distribution Systems.- Waterborne Transport Modeling of Radioactivity from the Fukushima Nuclear Power Plant Incident.- Quantitatively assessing water asset reliability in the Netherlands : 15 Years of Experience.- Impact of water resource availability on growth and development.- Water Resource Planning in Peru.- Water scarcity in Asia and its long term water and border security implications for Australia.- Threats to water-related ecosystems.- Water Diversion Projects in China.- Impact of climate change on water security.- Feasibility of using satellite water tanks for protecting drinking water in urban communities in developing countries.- Integrated Total Water Management Systems.- Integrated control and detection of accidental occurrences in water distribution networks.- Plan, Prepare and Safeguard: Water Critical Infrastructure Protection in Australia.- [NAME] for Protecting Water and Wastewater Infrastructure.- Austrian activities in protecting critical water infrastructure.​ | Urban water and wastewater systems have an inherent vulnerability to both manmade and natural threats and disasters including droughts, earthquakes and terrorist attacks.  It is well established that natural disasters including major storms, such as hurricanes and flooding, can effect water supply security and integrity.  Earthquakes and terrorist attacks have many characteristics in common because they are almost impossible to predict and can cause major devastation and confusion.  Terrorism is also a major threat to water security and recent attention has turned to the potential that these attacks have for disrupting urban water supplies. There is a need to introduce the related concept of Integrated Water Resources Management which emphasizes linkages between land-use change and hydrological systems, between ecosystems and human health, and between political and scientific aspects of water management. An expanded water security agenda should include a conceptual focus on vulnerability, risk, and resilience; an emphasis on threats, shocks, and tipping points; and a related emphasis on adaptive management given limited predictability. Internationally, concerns about water have often taken a different focus and there is also a growing awareness, including in the US, that water security should include issues related to quantity, climate change, and biodiversity impacts, in addition to terrorism. This presents contributions from a group of internationally recognized experts that attempt to address the four areas listed above and includes suggestions as to how to deal with related problems.  It also addresses the new and potentially growing issue of cyber attacks against water and waste water infrastructure including descriptions of actual attacks, making it of interest to scholars and policy-makers concerned with protecting the water supply. | <p>​​​Investigates the direct threats to drinking water supply systems such as from natural or manmade threats </p><p>Analyses threats from [NAME] and non–point source pollution to water-related ecosystems, as increased water consumption resulting in the increased use of ecosystem services and biodiversity loss </p><p>Investigates the impact of climate change resulting in increased hydrological variability including increased amplitude and frequency of droughts and floods ​ </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-81-322-1306-2 | Environment | Dhir | Bhupinder Dhir | Phytoremediation: Role of Aquatic Plants in Environmental Clean-Up |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 107 | Hard cover | Book | X, 107 p. 20 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU25001 | Ecotoxicology | TQ | SCU35040 | Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution | TQSW | Environment | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Contaminants in aquatic environment.- [NAME] treatment methods.- Bioremediation.- Phytoremediation technology.- Plant species used in phytoremediation technology.- Aquatic plant species and removal of contaminants.- Contaminants removed by aquatic plants.- Major plant species.- Other aquatic plant species.- Mechanism of removal of contaminants by aquatic plants.- Inorganic contaminants.- Organic contaminants. Role of Wetlands.- Constructed wetlands.- Mechanism of contaminant removal.- Contaminants removed by wetlands.- Limitations.- Future.- Future Prospects.- Biotechnological approach.- Limitations .- Cost analysis.- Conclusions and future development.       ​ | Contamination of the different components of environment through industrial and anthropogenic activities have guided new eras of research. This has lead to development of strategies/methodologies to curtail/minimize environmental contamination. Research studies conducted all over the globe established that bioremediation play a promising role in minimizing environmental contamination. In the last decade, phytoremediation studies have been conducted on a vast scale. Initial research in this scenario focused on screening terrestrial plant species that remove contaminants from soil and air. Later, scientific community realized that water is a basic necessity for sustaining life on earth and quality of which is getting deteriorated day by day. This initiated studies on phytoremediation using aquatic plants. Role of aquatic plant species in cleaning water bodies was also explored. Many of the aquatic plant species showed potential to treat domestic, municipal and industrial wastewaters and hence their use in constructed wetlands for treating wastewaters was emphasized. The present book contains five chapters. First two chapters provide information about types of contaminants commonly reported in wastewaters and enlists some important and well studied aquatic plant species known for their potential to remove various contaminants from wastewater. Subsequent chapters deal with mechanisms involved in contaminant removal by aquatic plant species, and also provide detailed information about role of aquatic plant species in wetlands. Potential of constructed wetlands in cleaning domestic and industrial wastewaters has also been discussed in detail. The strategy for enhancing phytoremediation capacity of plants by different means and effectiveness of phytoremediation technology in terms of monitory benefits has been discussed in last chapter. Last chapter also emphasizes the future aspects of this technology. | <p>The book provides natural and environment-friendly solutions to deal with the problem of pollution, which is most relevant in the present time</p><p>The various plant species with the potential of removing contaminants have been discussed individually</p><p>Offers potential to apply the process of phytoremediation on a large scale</p><p>Will be of use not only to researchers but also to professionals working in the field of environmental pollution</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7033-1 | Environment | Garling | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Sustainable Travel |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 357 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 357 p. 28 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU00009 | Environment, general | RN | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | Environment | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Introduction.- 1. Overview of Handbook of Sustainable Travel.- 2. Spatial, Generational and Gendered Trends and Trend-Breaks in Travel.- 3. Benefits of Travel: Needs versus Constraints.- 4. Satisfaction and Travel Choices.- Part II: Car Use.- 5. The Unsustainability of Car Use.- 6. Psychological Motives for Car Use.- 7. Pricing Methods to Influence Car Use.- 8. Social Marketing of Transportation.- 9. Psychological Contributions to the Development of Car-Use Reduction Interventions.- 10. Theoretical Underpinnings of Practical Strategies for Travel Behavior Change.- Part III: Travel and Social Sustainability.- 11. Social Exclusion and Travel.- 12. Rose Tinted Memories as a Cause of Unsustainable Leisure Travel.- 13. Health and Travel.- 14. Business Travel.- Part IV: Future Sustainable Travel.- 15. Do Future Land-Use Policies Increase Sustainable Travel?.- 16. Integrated Transportation Solutions: Visions of the Future.- 17. High Quality Public Transport: Gaining Acceptance of Bus Rapid Transit Systems.- 18. Non-Motorized Travel as a Sustainable Travel Option.- 19. E-Commerce and Sustainability.- 20. The Need to Change How People Think About the Consequences of Travel.- Index. | This volume gathers distinguished researchers on travel behavior from a variety disciplines, to offer state-of-the-art research and analysis encompassing environmental, traffic and transport psychology; transport planning and engineering; transport geography; transport economics; consumer services research; environmental sociology and well-being research. The underlying dilemma is that neither contemporary transportation technology nor contemporary travel behaviors are sustainable. The path toward sustainability is complex, because the consequences of changing technology and attempts to change travel preferences can be extreme both in economic and in social terms. The Handbook of Sustainable Travel discusses transportation systems from environmental, social and economic perspectives, to provide insights into the underlying mechanisms, and to envisage potential strategies towards more sustainable travel.  Part I offers an introduction to the subject, with chapters review historical and future trends in travel, the role of travel for a good society, and the satisfaction of travelers with various features of travel options.  Part II proceeds from the fact that the car is the backbone of today’s transportation system, and that a break with automobiles is likely to be necessary in the future. Contributors review the development of private car use, explore economic and psychological reasons why the car has become the primary mode of transport and discuss how this can be changed in the future.  Part III addresses the social sustainability of travel, providing insights into the social costs and benefits of leisure, business and health travel, and taking into account the social costs or benefits of measures whose goals are primarily environmental. The authors provide the necessary background to judge whether proposed transport policies are also sustainable from a social perspective. Part IV highlights future alternatives to physical travel and surveys ecologically sustainable travel modes such as public transport and non-motorized modes of transportation. | <p>Offers wide-ranging research and analysis of the environmental, social and economic aspects of sustainable personal travel </p><p>Includes a clear account of how modern car-dependent travel evolved to its current dominance, with insight on how technology and behaviors might be altered towards more sustainability </p><p>Provides in-depth discussion of future modes of travel, and alternatives to travel, that could lead toward environmentally sustainable travel</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-33856-4 | Environment | Golinska | [NAME] | Logistics Operations and Management for Recycling and Reuse |  | EcoProduction |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | 350 p. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 173 | English | Environment | SCU33000 | Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology | TQ | SCT22016 | Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing | TBC | Environment | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-21 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The aim of this book is to present quantitative and qualitative aspects of logistics operations supporting recycling and reuse. In individual chapters, the authors address various issues related to reverse network configuration and the organization of collection, transportation, warehousing and reprocessing activities. Moreover a number of best practice examples from different countries and industries are provided. This book will be a valuable resource for both academics and practitioners who want to deepen their knowledge of logistics operations and management for recycling and reuse. | <p>Includes case studies from different sectors </p><p>Gives tips on reverse network configuration </p><p>Highlights the main problems that arise in logistics management for recycling and reuse</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-23836-9 | Environment | Golinska | [NAME] | Environmental Issues in Automotive Industry |  | EcoProduction |  | 1 | 2013 | 260 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 260 p. 97 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU33000 | Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology | TQ | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | Environment | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Sustainability in automotive industry.- Environmental friendly practices in the automotive industry.- A declarative approach to new product development in the automotive industry.- What is influencing the sustainable attitude of the automobile industry.- Sustainability Issues for Vehicles and Fleet Vehicles Using Hybrid and Assistive Technologies.- Tools and methods for greener decision making.- Diagnostics systems as a tool to reduce and monitor gas emissions from combustion engines.- Reachability of multimodal processes cyclic steady states space.- Decision support in automotive supply chain management – declarative and operational research approach.- The Design and the Improvement of Reverse Logistics for Discarded Tires in Japan.- Recovery of end-of-life vehicles | The automotive industry is one of the most environmental aware manufacturing sectors.  Product take-back regulations influence design of the vehicles, production technologies but also the configuration of automotive reverse supply chains. The business practice comes every year closer to the closed loop supply chain concept which completely reuses, remanufactures and recycles all materials.  The book covers the emerging environmental issues in automotive industry through the whole product life cycle.  Its focus is placed on a multidisciplinary approach. It presents viewpoints of academic and industry personnel on the challenges for implementation of sustainable police in the automotive sector | <p>Highlights the emerging trends in automotive industry regarding fulfilment of sustainable development policy</p><p>Provides a practical application of tools and methods for solving business practice problems</p><p>A holistic view of the life cycle management in automotive industry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-1127-3 | Environment | Huq | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Soils of Bangladesh |  | World Soils Book Series | 1 | 1 | 2013 | 169 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 169 p. 58 illus., 57 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 143.5 | English | Environment | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB |  |  |  | Environment | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- History of Soil Research in Bangladesh.- Climate.- Geology and Geomorphology.- Major [NAME] Properties.- Problem Soils.- Soil Classification.- [NAME] to Soil Series.- Soil Fertility.- Land Use and Vegetation.- Soil Management and Vulnerability.- Soils and Humans.- Future Soil Issues.- Appendix: Soil Series.- Authors' Biographies.- Index. | This book presents a comprehensive overview of the soils of Bangladesh. It is compiled by authors with vast experience in soil related problems and potential mitigation approaches. It discusses the development of Soil Science as an individual discipline in a country with limited resources and where soil plays a pivotal role for the economy; the formation of different agro-climatic regions; and the effects of human-induced soil degradation and climatic change on its soils, geology and geomorphology and major soil types. It examines 'problem soils' and how they are managed, the scenario of soil fertility status, and land and crop management, as well as focusing on the future soils.  Topics covered include: the history of soil research in Bangladesh; agro-climatic regions of Bangladesh; soil and climatic change, major soil types;  soil maps; soil properties; soil classification; soil fertility; land use and vegetation; land use changes; human-induced soil degradation; soil contaminants; and future soil issues. This book will be a valuable resource for researchers and soil science professionals. | <p>This book will make a correlation between Bangladesh soil classification and USDA and FAO/NUESCO soil classification</p><p>The book will present the current scenario for the soil fertility of Bangladesh, and future focus</p><p>The book will take a closer look at human-induced soil degradation as well as the impacts of climatic change</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-4-431-54119-6 | Environment | Imura | [NAME] | Environmental Issues in China Today | A View from Japan | Advances in Asian Human-Environmental Research |  | 1 | 2013 | 148 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 148 p. 11 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU1400X | Environmental Monitoring/Analysis | TQD | SCG35000 | Earth System Sciences | RB | Environment | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Environmental Problems: Borderless.- 2. China’s Environmental Issues: An Overview.- 3. Resource Consumption Rising, Economy with Sound Material Cycles Needed.- 4. Water: The Key to China’s Destiny.- 5. Air Pollution: Many Impacts.- 6. Sustaining China: Agriculture and the Environment.- 7. Environmental Management Systems: In Place, But Must Be Implemented.- Concluding Comments: The Chinese Landscape. | Economic development and environmental issues in China are attracting more and more attention internationally as the country’s large population and vast demands for food, energy, water, minerals, and other resources play an increasingly important role in deciding the fate of the world. There is great interest in learning more about environmental issues in China, but it is not easy to obtain accurate, relevant information because the issues are diverse and are complex phenomena resulting from the interconnections among natural resource constraints and political, social, and institutional systems. This book originally was published in Japanese with the aim of providing Japanese readers with a holistic picture of what was taking place in China with respect to its air, water, energy, and land. The author then prepared an English edition of the same material to use as a book of readings for the Global Environmental Leaders Program at Nagoya University, where he taught many students from Asia and Europe. The book covers the most important environmental issues in China—climatic change, water, air, energy, and resources—together with ongoing policy responses, based on the author’s active involvement in a number of study projects and international cooperation projects in that country. This volume will help readers to understand the causes and results of environmental problems in China and will encourage them to think more deeply about the environmental implications of the country’s rapid economic growth. | <p>Provides information about the diverse dimensions of environmental issues in China for an understanding of their causes and effects</p><p><p>Presents a holistic picture of what is happening in China as a result of its rapid economic growth</p><p><p>Helps students as well as businesspeople and policy makers understand how to deal with the resource-hungry economic giant that China is becoming</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6835-2 | Environment | Lichtfouse | [NAME]; [NAME]; Didier [NAME] | Green Materials for Energy, Products and Depollution |  | Environmental Chemistry for a Sustainable World | 3 | 1 | 2013 | 466 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 466 p. 110 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU15000 | Environmental Chemistry | RNP | SCU35040 | Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution | TQSW | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Biodiesel from microalgal oil extraction.- 2 . Electrochemistry and water pollution.- 3. Heterogeneous photocatalysis for pharmaceutical wastewater treatment.- 4. Water depollution using ferrites photocatalysts.- 5. Bioindicators of toxic metals.- 6. Natural dyes and antimicrobials for textiles.- 7. Surfactants in agriculture.- 8. Cheap materials to clean heavy metal polluted waters.- 9. Water quality monitoring by aquatic bryophytes.- 10. Halogenated PAH contamination in urban soils.​ | Using renewable fuels and materials, drinking clean water and food, and breathing safe air are major issues for a sustainable world. This book reviews biodiesel production from microalgae, a promising energy source that does not compete with food production. Several advanced techniques to clean polluted waters, such as electrochemistry, ferrites photocatalysis and low-cost filtration are presented. Chapters also show various living organisms used as bioindicators of toxic metals. Decreasing ecotoxicity of pesticides using suitable surfactants is reviewed. The last chapter evidences new pollutants in urban soils, halogenated polycyclic aromatic [NAME] | Describes the production of biofuel from microalgae <br>Includes new efficient methods to clean wastewater <br>Reviews natural dyes and antimicrobials for textiles and surfactants in agriculture <br>Discusses electrochemistry and water pollution​ | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-94-007-7096-6 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME] | Combating Water Scarcity in Southern Africa | Case Studies from Namibia | SpringerBriefs in Environmental Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 196 | Soft cover | Book | X, 196 p. 44 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Environment | SCU00009 | Environment, general | RN | SCA11007 | Science, general | YQS | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: General Introduction.- Chapter 2: Managing Water Scarcity in Southern Africa: Policy and Strategies.- Chapter 3: Trends and Impacts of Pollution on Water Treatment: The Case of Calueque-Oshakati Canal North-central Namibia.- Chapter 4: Monitoring the Effects of Anthropogenic Activities on Water Quality: Von Bach Dam, Namibia.- Chapter 5: The Effects of Water Transfers from Swakoppoort and [NAME] on Water Quality of Von Bach Dam, Namibia.- Chapter 6: Conclusions and Recommendations.- Index. | This book offers a close examination of water scarcity as a developmental challenge facing member nations of the Southern African Development Community (SADC), the interventions that have been implemented to combat the situation and the challenges still outstanding.  The first chapter paints the backdrop of the water scarcity problem, reviewing historical approaches from the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro to the Johannesburg World Summit on Sustainable Development (2002) to the United Nations Rio+20 Conference on Sustainable Development (2012), and recapping principles and agreements reached during and after these conferences. Chapter two examines the Southern Africa region’s efforts to combat water scarcity including principles, policies and strategies and the responsibility of each member to implement them. Written by the editor, [NAME], the chapter describes Namibia’s efforts to ensure management of scarce water. Beyond enacting management and pollution control regulations and raising public awareness, Namibia encourages research to ensure attainment of the requirements of both the SADC Protocol and its own water scarcity management laws. The next three chapters offer Namibia-based case studies on impacts of pollution on water treatment; on the effects of anthropogenic activities on water quality and on the effects of water transfers from dams upstream of [NAME] dam. The final chapter provides detailed summaries of the issues discussed in the book, highlighting conclusions and offering recommendations.   Combating Water Scarcity in Southern Africa synthesizes issues pertinent to the SADC countries as well as to other regions, and offers research that up to now has not been conducted in Namibia. | <p>Synthesizes pertinent water scarcity issues in the SADC region, benefiting researchers in other locales as well </p><p>Offers three chapters on original research findings, research that has never before been carried out in Namibia </p><p>Describes the unique cooperation and partnership in managing water resources in the SADC</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6843-7 | Environment | Priour | [NAME] | A Finite Element Method for Netting | Application to fish cages and fishing gear | SpringerBriefs in Environmental Science |  | 1 | 2013 | 107 | Soft cover | Book | VII, 107 p. 52 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Environment | [NAME] | Marine & Freshwater Sciences | RBKF | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | Environment | Brief | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-11 00:00:00 |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Finite element [NAME]. Equilibrium calculation.- 4. The triangular finite element for netting.- 5. The bar finite element for cable.- 6. The node element.- 7. Validation.​ | This book fully describes a finite element method for netting. That describes the relation between forces and deformation of the netting. That takes into account forces due to the twine elasticity, the hydrodynamic forces, the catch effect, the mesh opening stiffness. This book is divided in 5 parts. The first section contains introduction on the finite element method, the second part is about equilibrium calculation, the third presents a triangular element for netting, the fourth and fifth are for cable and node element. The sixth presents few validation cases.​ | <p>A much needed complete overview on finite element method for netting structures </p><p>Groups together and documents all main matter on the finite element method </p><p>Includes clear examples and is richly illustrated</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7121-5 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Environmental Sustainability Issues in the South Texas–Mexico Border Region |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 210 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 210 p. 86 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCU35010 | Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution | RNP | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the contents:Introduction to Environmental Sustainability Issues in the South Texas–Mexico Border Region.- Pollution and Lifestyle Causes of Asthma and Allergies among School Children of Tamaulipas, Mexico in the U.S.-Mexico Border Region.- Environmental Health Indicators for the Border Region between South Texas and Northeastern Mexico.- Characterization of Ultrafine Particles and Other Vehicular Pollutants near an International Bridge in United States - Mexico Border Region.- Evaluating the Impacts of Emissions and Global Temperature Perturbations on Air Quality in South and Central Texas.- Manufacture and Physical Characterization of Wood-Derived Activated Carbon from South Texas Mesquite for Environmental Applications.- Assessment of Nutrient and Heavy Metal Levels in Manadas Creek, an Urban Tributary of the Rio Grande in Laredo, Texas.- [NAME] and Arsenic Isotope Distribution in a Semi-Arid Creek during the Wet Season.- Characterization of Brackish Groundwater Desalination (…). | Environmental sustainability issues in a fragile, semi-arid region and its coastal area, which experience climate changes from extreme drought conditions to the effects of hurricanes over a period of weeks to years, provide specific challenges for the ecosystems and the populations existing within the region.  The research presented focuses on the problems and some solutions specific to the South Texas-Mexico border region, on both sides of the Rio Grande, focusing on water and air pollution. | <p>Presents research from both sides of the Rio Grande</p><p>Brings together knowledge on both water and air pollution in this region</p><p>Environmental health issues are discussed</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7030-0 | Environment | Roggema | [NAME] | The Design Charrette | Ways to Envision Sustainable Futures |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 302 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 302 p. 212 illus., 209 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCK14000 | Cities, Countries, Regions | AMVD | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: That stubborn Mr. Vedder.- Part I: GENERAL THEORY.- Chapter 2: The Design Charrette.- Chapter 3: Innovations in Organisational and Community Learning.- Chapter 4: Shifting Paradigms.- Part II: EXAMPLES AND CASE STUDIES.- Chapter 5: International Conference on Renewable Energy Approaches for the Spatial Environment (INCREASE).- Chapter 6: Charrettes in Two Days: Sea Lake and Bendigo.- Chapter 7: Lok Jumbish: Rural Participatory Design in Rajasthan, Lessons for the Future.- Chapter 8: Groningen; the Spread-out Charrette.- Chapter 9: Grounds for Change, Sustainable Energy Futures.- Chapter 10: Design Charrettes for Sustainable Building in China.- Chapter 11: Learning by practice, high-pressure student ateliers.- Chapter 12: The charrette of Mr. [NAME]. | This book was written to support community involvement in the design process, to help prevent negative outcomes that can result from a top-down design approach. The combination of community involvement and design is, at least in literature, not very extensive. Although much has been written about stakeholder involvement, this is often not directly related to design processes, which – most importantly – deprives community members of the opportunity to design their desired future themselves.  The Design Charrette: Ways to Envision Sustainable Futures provides a theoretical foundation establishing the benefits of organizing a design charrette for community-based planning, supported by many practical examples. The book includes sections on collaborative learning, practical guidance, theory and case studies in many different contexts: long and short charrettes, urban and rural subjects, and Dutch, Chinese, Australian, Indian and European examples.   Part I: General Theory offers a detailed overview of the charette process, a chapter on innovations in organizational and community learning and a chapter on shifting paradigms in the design charette. Part II presents a number of case studies, including the INternational Conference on Renewable Energy Approaches for the Spatial Environment (INCREASE); charettes accomplished in two days in the communities of Sea Lake and Bendigo in Australia; a chapter on lessons for the future, describing rural participatory design in Rajasthan, India; a description of learning by practice in a high-pressure student atelier; a chapter entitled Design Charrettes for Sustainable Building in China and more.  The Design Charrette challenges the conventional wisdom that good design by itself will bring about the benefits the designer envisions. By demonstrating and analyzing the effectiveness of design charrettes in personal development and learning, and as a way to share desired future pathways, the book benefits everyone who may be leading, considering or participating in a design charrette. | <p>Provides a theoretical basis for community based planning and design</p><p>Includes case studies detailing different approaches, time frames and cultures around the world </p><p>Presents many practical examples of design charrettes in action </p><p>Integrates lessons from the case studies and examples in a hypothetical charette which can serve as a guideline for organizers and students</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7151-2 | Environment | Roggema | [NAME] | Swarm Planning | The Development of a Planning Methodology to Deal with Climate Adaptation | Springer Theses |  | 1 | 2014 | 356 | Hard cover | Book | XXV, 356 p. 130 illus., 100 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | Environment | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Summary.- Introduction.- Chapter One: Introduction, Methodology, Limitations.- Chapter Two: Towards a Spatial Planning Framework for Climate Adaptation.- Chapter Three: Developing a Planning Theory for Wicked Problems: Swarm Planning.- Chapter Four: Incremental Change, Transition or Transformation? Optimising Change Pathways for Climate Adaptation in Spatial Planning.- Chapter Five: The Use of Spatial Planning to Increase the Resilience for Future Turbulence in the Spatial System of the Groningen Region to Deal with Climate Change.- Chapter Six: Swarming Landscapes, New Pathways for Resilient Cities.- Chapter Seven: Quadruple the Potential: Scaling the Energy Supply.- Chapter Eight: Beyond the Ordinary: Innovative Spatial Energy Framework Offers Perspectives on Increased Energy and Carbon Objectives.- Chapter Nine: Swarm Planning for Climate Change: An Alternative Pathway for Resilience.- Chapter Ten: Conclusion, Discussion and Recommendations.- Index. | This book shows that the problem of climate adaptation, which is described in social planning terms as ‘wicked,’ is at odds with the contemporary practice of spatial planning. The author proposes a new adjusted framework which is more adaptable to unpredictable, wicked, dynamic and non-linear processes. The inspiration for this new method is the behaviour of swarms: bees, ants, birds and fish are capable of self-organization, which enables the system to become less vulnerable to sudden environmental changes. The framework proposed in Swarm Planning consists of these four elements: Two levels of complexity, the first being the whole system and the second its individual components. Each of these has different attributes for adapting to change. Five layers, consisting of networks, focal points, unplanned space, natural resources and emerging occupation patterns. Each layer has its own spatial dynamic, and each is connected to a spatial scale. Non-linear processes, which emerge in different parts of the framework and include emerging patterns, connectedness and tipping points among others. Two planning processes; the first, ‘from small to large’ works upward from the slowest changing elements to more rapidly-changing ones. The second, ‘on the list of partners’ addresses each layer from networks through emerging occupation patterns. Swarm Planning applies this framework to a series of pilot studies, and appraises its performance using criteria for an adaptive landscape. The results show that the use of the Swarm Planning Framework reduces the vulnerability of landscapes as well as the impact of climate hazards and disasters, improves response to unexpected hazards and contains adaptation strategies. “This book is a must for planners in government and the private sector as it outlines the concept, strategies and techniques for swarm planning. It is also an important guide for policymakers looking to engage communities in a dialogue about the adaptation planning process.”Professor [NAME], La Trobe University “The ultimate value of the book lies in encouraging the planning community to consider options that go far beyond those offered by business-as-usual planning methodologies developed for a set of operating conditions that are fast becoming obsolete. As such it makes an important and much needed contribution to the field.”Assistant Professor Dr. Chrisna du Plessis, University of Pretoria | <p>Opens a new, more flexible way of thinking about how to plan for and respond to climate adaptation, based on the behavior of swarms in nature </p><p>Emphasizes new approaches to spatial design and planning which anticipate future uncertainty </p><p>Offers many examples using the Swarm Planning Framework to design landscapes </p><p>Richly illustrated with color maps and images</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00529-4 | Environment | Sanghi | [NAME] | Our National River Ganga | Lifeline of Millions |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 360 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 360 p. 74 illus., 67 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU35040 | Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution | TQSW | SCC27000 | Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering | TDC | Environment | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to the River Ganga.- The Rich Biodiversity of the Ganga Basin.- Ganga Water Quality Challenges.- Future Challenges.- The River Ganga in changing times.- Livelihood Aspects. | There is a plethora of information available on the river Ganga in the form of books, blogs, articles, websites, videos. Unfortunately, most of the information about this famous river is in a scattered form and reproduced from unverified sources. This contributed volume is the first multi-author volume publication on this subject. The River Ganga includes a vast array of topics written by several authors of distinction. Topics include; hydrology, tributaries, water uses, and environmental features such as river water quality, aquatic and terrestrial flora/fauna, natural resources, ecological characteristics, sensitive environmental components and more. Part I gives a basic introduction of the Ganga river. The existing data and available information from various sources has been compiled in a pictorial fashion in the form of cmaps. Its cultural importance with changing times is also discussed. Part II looks at the rich biodiversity of the Ganga Basin. It gives a detailed description of the major floral and faunal biodiversity with special emphasis on the national aquatic animal dolphin and Sunderbans, the largest mangrove wetland in the world. Part III examines ‘The Ganga Water as it flows’. It focuses on the water quality as well as its associated challenges. Part IV looks at the complexities of issues confronting the river ‘Ganga in changing times’ be it snowmelt runoff, river bank erosion hazards and hydropower assessments; how the factors of population, poverty and pollution contribute to the fate of the river. Part IV touches on economic aspects derived from the river such as business opportunities and tourism. | <p>Written by eminent experts from academia, government, and NGOs </p><p>The first comprehensive, edited book to feature the River Ganga </p><p>Includes several illustrations </p><p>An accessible volume aimed at laymen and researchers alike</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-81-322-1502-8 | Environment | Shukla | Vertika Shukla; [NAME]; [NAME] | Lichens to Biomonitor the Environment |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 187 | Hard cover | Book | X, 187 p. 40 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU1400X | Environmental Monitoring/Analysis | TQD | SCU35000 | Pollution, general | RNP | Environment | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Secondary metabolites and its isolation & characterization .- 3. Selection of biomonitoring species.- 4. Toxitolerant lichens in different lichenogeographical regions of India.- 5. Ecosystem monitoring.- 6. Management and conservational approaches.- References.- 7. Glossary. ​ | The book embodies the detailed account about unique symbionts i.e. LICHENS in ecosystem monitoring. The first chapter deals with unique characteristics features of lichens which facilitate their survival in extreme climates and makes them an ideal organism for ecosystem monitoring. Biosynthesis of secondary metabolites are known to protect lichens against increasing environmental stresses therefore second chapter provides insight into various chromatographic and modern spectroscopic techniques involved in separation and characterization of lichen substances. The third chapter elaborates the criteria for selection of biomonitoring species and characters of host plant that influences lichen diversity and details about different lichen species utilized for biomonitoring. One can retrieve preliminary information about the air quality based on the lichen community structure and distribution of bioindicator species as lichen communities/indicator species provides valuable information about the natural/anthropogenic induced changes in the microclimate and land-use changes due to human activity.  Therefore, for identification of species, a key to genera and species provides concise information to identify the lichen species based on their morphological and anatomical characters and chemicals present. [NAME] provided in Chapter 4 will help the beginners to identify some common lichen species based on the distribution in different climatic zones of India. The section also provides comprehensive information about the bioindicator communities and bioindicator species from India. Chapter 5 provides the details of factors affecting the ecosystem (natural as well as anthropogenic disturbances) and role of lichens in ecosystem monitoring in India  has been discussed in detail. Chapter 6 discusses the need and utility of indicator species especially lichen biomonitoring data in sustainable forest management and conservation. The content about lichens in biomonitoring will be a valuable resource for researchers from different fields and will provide an essential reference for people interested in lichens and its role in ecosystem monitoring. The book will also hopefully popularize lichenological studies in India and will generate more active participation of lichen biomonitoring studies in management and conservation of natural resources in India. | <p>The book is visually rich with many coloured photographs and line diagrams of the lichens supporting the text</p><p>The book gives the key for identification of various lichen species</p><p>Role of lichens in monitoring pollution, a significant problem of recent times, is discussed in detail</p><p>The book focuses on the specific role of lichens in air quality management and sustainable development​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-0667-5 | Environment | Snoeijs | [NAME]; [NAME]; Teresa Radziejewska | Biological Oceanography of the Baltic Sea |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 180 illus. | 0 | final | 49.95 | 53.45 | 54.95 | 44.99 | 72 | English | Environment | [NAME] | Marine & Freshwater Sciences | RBKF | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | Environment | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Comprehensive summary of up-to-date Baltic Sea Biology and ecology. | The aim of the book is to provide students and other readers with deeper understanding of the conditions for and the nature of life in the Baltic Sea, as well as to supply knowledge on the functioning of and anthropogenic threats to the Baltic Sea ecosystem. This book is the first comprehensive science-based textbook on life in the Baltic Sea, one of the world’s major brackish water bodies. It highlights the special nature of biological variation along the unique environmental gradients of salinity and climate in the Baltic Sea area. The book treats adaptive challenges for life processes and ecosystem functioning resulting from a highly variable recent geological history, geographical isolation and heavy anthropogenic pressure. It describes and explains interactions between organisms and their environment that are central to ecosystem processes such as biogeochemical cycles, speciation and genetic diversity, patterns of species diversity, physiological adaptations, biological invasions and ecotoxicological responses. The subsystems of the Baltic Sea: pelagic zone, ice, deep soft bottoms, sandy shores, rocky shores and estuaries and coastal lagoons, are treated in detail with respect to structure, function and consequences of natural and anthropogenic changes, both global and regional. Finally, it discusses ecosystem-based management and ways to deal with contemporary and emerging threats to ecosystem health. | <p>The first comprehensive textbook on Baltic Sea biology and ecology</p><p>Highlights the special nature of biological variation in the Baltic Sea</p><p>Discusses ecosystem-based management</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4020-9711-9 | Environment | Spennemann | [NAME] | FutureScapes | Managing Emerging and Future Cultural Landscapes |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. | 0 | approx. | 95 | 101.65 | 104.5 | 86.5 | 136.5 | English | Environment | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | SCK16003 | Landscape Architecture | AMV | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. A future for our heritage?- 2. The terrestrial heritage present.- 3. Terrestrial heritage futures.- 4. Orbital heritage futures.- 5. Lunar heritage futures.- 6. Martian heritage futures.- 7. Robotic heritage futures.- 8. Present paradigms and the perception of future?- 9. Pathways to managing future landscapes.- | On 20 July 1969 the world was changed irrevocably. An estimated 600 million people, about one fifth of the human population at the time, watched the live-television broadcast as [NAME] stepped onto the [NAME]. Yet despite the fact that this would forever be THE first moment that a human stepped onto another celestial body the significance for humanity as a whole was not immediately recognised. Moreover, no steps were – or have since been – taken to protect and manage significant elements of that event for the benefit of future generations. This begs the question – ‘Why?’ In this latest book in Springer’s innovative Landscape Series, [NAME] explores the conceptual barriers that prevent the recognition, and subsequent protection, of significant elements of contemporary and emergent heritage. Using the new research paradigm of heritage futures, Spennemann argues that the heritage management profession’s extensive reliance on hindsight remains its major conceptual shortcoming, and sets out the issues faced by cultural heritage professionals if cultural landscapes are to have a future and if future heritage is to be safeguarded.  With its focus on cultural landscapes and landscape futures the book will have appeal for academics, professionals and students engaged in archaeological management, heritage/historic preservation, space history, futures studies and cultural landscapes, as well as for the broader space and environmental communities. | <P>Certainly, the idea of looking forward to anticipate issues is well established in the futures field, and this attempt to apply it to cultural heritage is novel  <UL> <P></P></UL>Creative approach <P></P> <UL> <P></P> <P></P></UL> <P>Intriguing concept</P> <UL> <P></P> <P></P></UL> <P>Original in looking at&nbsp;heritage this way</P> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38594-0 | Environment | Tedsen | [NAME]; [NAME]; R. [NAME] | Arctic Marine Governance | Opportunities for Transatlantic Cooperation |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 240 p. 5 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | SC314000 | Climate Change Management and Policy | RN | Environment | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I. The Arctic Environment.- Introduction to the Arctic.- The Arctic Marine Environment.- Environmental Governance in the Marine Arctic.- Arctic Indigenous Peoples and the Challenge of Climate Change.- II. Impacts & Activities in the Marine Arctic.- Status and Reform of International Arctic Fisheries Law.- Status and Reform of International Arctic Shipping Law.- Understanding Risks Associated with Offshore Hydrocarbon Development.- III. Improving Marine Governance.- Impacts Assessments and the New Arctic 'Geo-Environment'.- Pan-Arctic Marine Spatial Planning: An Idea whose Time has come.- Marine Protected Areas as a Tool to Ensure Environmental Protection of the Marine Arctic: Legal Aspects.- IV. Opportunities for Transatlantic Cooperation.- EU-US Cooperation to enhance Arctic Marine Governance.- List of relevant Treaties, Instruments, and Agreements. | The Arctic region plays an important role in regulating the world’s climate and is also highly impacted by climate change, with average temperatures rising almost twice as fast as the rest of the world and sea ice melting much faster than previously predicted. These rapid changes will have significant impacts on human activity in the region and on the Arctic marine environment.  This book draws on the results of the 2008-2009 Arctic TRANSFORM project, funded by the European Commission‘s Directorate General of External Relations, which engaged experts in a transatlantic discussion on the roles of the European Union and United States in light of the Arctic’s changing climate and political and legal complexities. . The book addresses the significant changes and developments in the marine Arctic, with descriptions and recommendations reflecting the current governance environment. A comprehensive overview of environmental governance and sustainable development in the Arctic is created. Chapters explore impacts and activities by sector, looking at fisheries, shipping, and offshore hydrocarbon in the Arctic, and at policy options and strategies for improving marine governance in the region. A particular focus is given to the roles of the European Union and United States and opportunities for cooperation to enhance Arctic environmental governance.   . | <p>Accessible portrait of the Arctic, and the impacts of current and foreseeable human activity in the region </p><p>Snapshot of relations and cooperation among the Arctic states at the dawn of the Arctic millennium </p><p>Role and responsibility of the European Union as a group of largely non-Arctic states in the Arctic </p><p>Role and responsibility of the United States in the Arctic and its engagement with regional fora </p><p>Overview of governance structures for environmental management and resource exploitation </p><p> Analysis by sector provides readers with a comprehensive environmental, social, and economic  overview </p><p> Focus on policy explores potential options to protect the Arctic environment </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-90-481-9946-4 | Environment | Tidball | [NAME]; [NAME] | Greening in the Red Zone | Disaster, Resilience and Community Greening |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 488 | Hard cover | Book | XXXI, 488 p. 77 illus., 57 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | SCL19023 | Applied Ecology | RNC | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Foreword.- Preface.- PART I: Foundations.- Introduction: Greening in the Red Zone.- Resilience and Transformation in the Red Zone.- GRZ [NAME] 1 - An Urban Park in Earthquake Stricken Port-au-Prince, Haiti.- PART II: Motives and Explanation.- Urgent Biophilia.- Sowing Seeds of Resilience: Community Gardening in a Post-Disaster Context.- GRZ [NAME] into a Community Asset – The Soweto Mountain of Hope.- The Role of Nature in Children's Resilience: Cognitive and Social Processes.- Children’s Engagement with the Natural World as a Ground for Healing.- GRZ [NAME] in Afghanistan.- Topophilia, Biophilia and Greening in the Red Zone.- Urban Gardens: Pockets of Social-Ecological Memory.- GRZ [NAME] Reconstructing Village Groves After a Typhoon in Korea.- Nature Engagement to Foster Resilience in Military Communities.- Garden for Victory! The American Victory Garden Campaign of World War II.- GRZ [NAME] 5 - The Korean DMZ: From Red Zone to Green Zone.- Green Zones from Above and Below: A Retrospective and Cautionary Tale.- Reflections on Defiant Gardens: Making Gardens in Wartime.- PART III: Cases & Practices.- Restoration of the Urban Forests of Tokyo and Hiroshima Following World War II.- Valuing Urban Forest: Lessons to Learn from Hurricanes.- Trees, Rebirth and Resilience: Symbol, Ritual and Resilience in Post-Katrina New Orleans.- GRZ [NAME] 6 - The Risks of Greening in the Red Zone:  Creating Afghanistan's First National Park in the Midst of Conflict.- Destruction and Replanting of the Urban Forest of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.-  The Re-greening of the Grey: Some Practical Considerations for the Urban Forest.- GRZ Vignette 7 - Trees and Tree Planting in Southern Madagascar:  Sacredness and Remembrance.- Community-Based Memorials to September 11, 2001: Environmental Stewardship as Memory Work.- GRZ [NAME] 8 - Six Ares of Land for the Resilience of Urban Families in Post-Soviet Russia.- Beyond the Bars: Landscapes for Health and Healing in Corrections.- GRZ [NAME] 9 - Wildlife: The Catalyst for Peace in Northern Kenya.- Sustainability-Oriented Social Learning in Multi-Cultural Urban Areas: The Case of the Rotterdam Environmental Centre.- Developing a Safe, Nurturing and Therapeutic Environment for the Families of the Garbage Pickers in Guatemala and for Disabled Children in Bosnia and Herzegovina.- GRZ [NAME] 10 - Reforestation Activities at a Chadian Refugee Camp in Northern Cameroon.-  Growing Hope: How Urban Gardens are Empowering War-Affected Liberians and Harvesting a New Generation of City Farmers.- Cyprus - Greening the Dead Zone.- GRZ [NAME] 11 - The Berlin Wall Trail – A Cycling and Hiking Route on the Traces of Berlin's Cold War Divide.- Synthesis and Conclusions: Applying Greening in Red Zones.- Name and Subject Index. | Creation and access to green spaces promotes individual human health, especially in therapeutic contexts among those suffering traumatic events. But what of the role of access to green space and the act of creating and caring for such places in promoting social health and well-being? Greening in the Red Zone asserts that creation and access to green spaces confers resilience and recovery in systems disrupted by violent conflict or disaster. This edited volume provides evidence for this assertion through cases and examples. The contributors to this volume use a variety of research and policy frameworks to explore how creation and access to green spaces in extreme situations might contribute to resistance, recovery, and resilience of social-ecological systems. | <p>Makes a first foray into the intriguing and potentially important field of "greening"<br>Paints a comprehensive picture of how greening might be useful after major disasters<br>Gathers renowned experts and practitioners from around the world</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-4-431-54480-7 | Environment | Tsunekawa | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Restoration and Development of the Degraded Loess Plateau, China |  | Ecological Research Monographs |  | 1 | 2013 | 344 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 344 p. 99 illus., 48 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Environment | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book presents state-of-the-art scientific evidence and technological innovations to restore lands on the Loess Plateau of China, known worldwide for its serious land degradation and desertification problems. Supported by a rapidly developing Chinese economy and the dissemination of effective technology, the Grain-for-Green Project and Western Development Action launched by the Chinese government have resulted in successful ecological restoration and protection over the past 30 years. These programs have contributed not only to conservation of soil and water, but also to economic development. At the same time, however, these developmental interventions have brought new challenges that have not yet been fully addressed. The book describes (1) case studies of success and failure in practice, including rare success stories of combating desertification; (2) technical issues such as erosion control and breeding of stress-tolerant plant species, and socioeconomic measures taken by the Chinese government and lending policies with support from the World Bank; and (3) comprehensive measures against desertification, such as water and wind erosion, salinization, and deforestation. This volume is recommended for researchers and students above the undergraduate level in diverse fields including soil science, rural engineering, social technology and civil engineering, biology, ecology, climatology, physical and human geography, and developmental economics, among others. It also serves as a valuable resource for engineers, government officials, and NPOs and NGOs involved in afforestation, ecological restoration, combating desertification, disaster prevention, and sustainable rural development. | <p>First comprehensive book on the development of the Loess Plateau, China</p><p><p>Presents state-of-the-art scientific evidence and technological innovations to restore degraded land</p><p><p>Provides case studies of successes and failures in combatting desertification</p><p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-62703-594-1 | Environment | Wang | [NAME]; [NAME] | Modern Water Resources Engineering |  | Handbook of Environmental Engineering | 15 | 1 | 2014 | 805 | Hard cover | Book | 805 p. 248 illus. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Environment | SCU00009 | Environment, general | RN | SCU33000 | Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology | TQ | Environment | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Hydrology.- Open Channel Hydraulics: From Then to Now and Beyond.- River Ecology.- River Restoration.- Sediment Management and Sustainable use of Reservoirs.- Sediment Transport, River Morphology, and Hydraulic [NAME] and Remote Sensing Applications in Modern Water Resources.- Decision Making Under Uncertainty: A New Paradigm for Water Resources Planning and Management.- Upland Erosion Modeling.- Advances in Water Resources Systems Engineering: Applications of Machine Learning.- Climate Change and its Impact on Water Resources.- Engineering and Management of Agricultural Land Application.- Wetlands for Wastewater Treatment and Water Reuse.- Living Machines for Bioremediation, Wastewater Treatment and Water Conservation.- Aquaculture System Management and Water Conservation.- Glossary and Conversion Factors for Water Resources Engineers. | The Handbook of Environmental Engineering series is an incredible collection of methodologies that study the effects of pollution and waste in their three basic forms: gas, solid, and liquid. This exciting new addition to the series, Volume 15: Modern Water Resources Engineering , has been designed to serve as a water resources engineering reference book as well as a supplemental textbook. We hope and expect it will prove of equal high value to advanced undergraduate and graduate students, to designers of water resources systems, and to scientists and researchers. A critical volume in the Handbook of Environmental Engineering series, chapters employ methods of practical design and calculation illustrated by numerical examples, include pertinent cost data whenever possible, and explore in great detail the fundamental principles of the field. Volume 15: Modern Water Resources Engineering, provides information on some of the most innovative and ground-breaking advances in the field today from a panel of esteemed experts. | <p>Covers the cutting-edge principles of the engineering of water resources in great schematic detail </p><p>Serves as a practical reference for scientists, researchers, educators, and designers of water systems </p><p>Provides expert guidance through examples of the top techniques of today</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-94-007-7060-7 | Environment | [NAME] | Joachim von Braun; [NAME] | Marginality | Addressing the Nexus of Poverty, Exclusion and Ecology |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 360 | Hard cover | Book | X, 360 p. 50 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Environment | SCU00009 | Environment, general | RN | SCU16002 | Environmental Law/Policy/Ecojustice | LNKJ | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Marginality—An Overview and Implications for Policy.- Part 1 Concepts and Theory.- 2 Marginality—A Framework for Analyzing Causal Complexities of Poverty.- 3 Exclusion and Initiatives to “Include”: Revisiting Basic Economics to Guide Development Practice.- 4 Marginality from a Socio-ecological Perspective.- Part 2 Dimensions and Prevalence of Marginality.- 5 Mapping Marginality Hotspots.- 6 The Poorest: Who and Where They Are.- 7 Targeting the [NAME] and Most Vulnerable: Examples from Bangladesh.- 8 Correlates of Extreme Poverty in Rural Ethiopia.- 9 Examining the Circle of Attachment, Trauma, Shame, and Marginalization: the Unheard Voices of Young Kutchi Girls.- Part 3 Environmental Drivers of Marginality.- 10 Poverty, Agriculture and the Environment: the Case of Sub-Saharan Africa.- 11 The Marginal Poor and their Dependence on Ecosystem Services: Evidence from South Asia and Sub-Saharan Africa.- 12 Land Degradation, Poverty, and Marginality.- Part 4     Experiencing Marginality in Africa and Asia.- 13 Tackling Social Exclusion and Marginality for Poverty Reduction: Indian Experiences.- 14 Consumption Behavior of the Poorest and Policy Implications in Indonesia.- 15 Addressing Extreme Poverty and Marginality: Experiences in Rural China.- 16 Experiences in Targeting the Poorest: a Case Study from Bangladesh.- 17 Rural Poverty and Marginalization in Ethiopia: a Review of Development Interventions.- Part 5 Responses to Marginality at Different Levels: State, Business, and Community.- 18 Macro, Fiscal, and Decentralization Options to Address Marginality and Reach the Extremely Poor.- 19 Social Protection, Marginality, and [NAME]: Just Give Money to the Poor.- 20 Innovative Business Approaches for the Reduction of Extreme Poverty and Marginality.- 21 Business Initiatives that Overcome Rural Poverty and Marginality Through Creating Shared Value.- 22 The Marginalized and Poorest in Different Communities and Settings of Ethiopia. | This book takes a new approach on understanding causes of extreme poverty and promising actions to address it. Its focus is on marginality being a root cause of poverty and deprivation. “Marginality” is the position of people on the edge, preventing their access to resources, freedom of choices, and the development of capabilities. The book is research based with original empirical analyses at local, national, and local scales; book contributors are leaders in their fields and have backgrounds in different disciplines. An important message of the book is that economic and ecological approaches and institutional innovations need to be integrated to overcome marginality. The book will be a valuable source for development scholars and students, actors that design public policies, and for social innovators in the private sector and non-governmental organizations.​ | <p>To explain, conceptualize, and highlight marginality as a root cause of poverty and deprivation</p><p>Exemplify analytical approaches to the study of “Marginality” at different scales (global, national, local) for students and advanced researchers</p><p>Facilitate action of public and private players to overcome marginality for reduction of extreme poverty​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6673-0 | Geography | Altrock | Uwe Altrock; [NAME] | Maturing Megacities | The Pearl River Delta in Progressive Transformation | Advances in Asian Human-Environmental Research |  | 1 | 2014 | 392 | Hard cover | Book | X, 392 p. 101 illus., 74 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Geography | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | SCK18006 | Urbanism | RPC | Geography | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Introduction.-The Pearl River Delta in Progressive Transformation.- Part II:  Transforming into Megacities.- Second Metamorphosis? Urban Restructuring and Planning Responses in Guangzhou and Shenzhen in the 21st Century.- The Influence of Regional Planning Administration on Local Development.- Cross-border [NAME]: The Merger of Guangzhou and Foshan.- Part III: The Reorientation Towards Urban Regeneration.- Three Olds: Experimental Urban Restructuring with Chinese Characteristics. Guangzhou and Shenzhen in Comparison.- Examining China’s Urban Redevelopment: Land Types, Targeted Policies, and Public Participation.- Part IV: Economic Upgrading.- Maturing Governance Over Time. Groping for Economic Upgrading in Guangzhou’s [NAME] and Informal Economies in Guangzhou’s Zhongda Cloth Market.- Regeneration of Derelict Industrial Sites in Guangzhou and Shenzhen.- Part V: The Evolution of Integrative Governance.- Gaming and Decision-making. Urbanized Village Redevelopment in Guangzhou.- Villagers’ Participation in Mega-urban Upgrading. Liede Village: Guangzhou’s Pioneer.- Elite Vision before People: State Entrepreneurialism and the Limits of Participation.- Part VI: Public Open Space between Appropriation and Marketing.- [NAME] as Soft Location Factors.- The Role of Public Space in the Upgrading of Industrial Sites.- The Role of Public Space in the Upgrading of Urbanized Villages.- Part VII: Conclusion.- Maturing Megacities: Lessons from the Pearl River Delta Experiences. | This edited volume covers the multiple changes concerning urban governance in the course of the progressive transformation of the Pearl River Delta mega-urban region in China. Looking at the megacities Guangzhou and Shenzhen, it analyzes the maturing of socio-economic, political and spatial structures after the first waves of economic globalization, political transformation, and their rapid expansion and urbanization. The initial claim and starting point of the book is the existence of a profound multidimensional shift in the coastal mega-urban region with a major tendency towards urban upgrading, economic restructuring and a clearly observable consolidation of political institutions. For the first time since the beginning of the reform and opening up after 1978, this has led to a stronger bias toward urban regeneration, an adaptive re-use of the building stock and an establishment of post-industrial knowledge-based creative industries. The book investigates these changes as a set of mutually dependent developments that have to be understood and analyzed in connection with one another. Thus, the backgrounds and underlying forces that shape physical restructuring in the developed urban cores of the mega-urban region and the ways in which the relevant actors and institutions are trying to both cope with and to influence each other are introduced here. | This book takes into account the multiple approaches towards comprehensive urban restructuring and planning <br><br>The authors of this edited volume are both academics and urban planning experts working on-site bringing together theoretical and practical knowledge, putting an emphasis on urban governance relations in order to better explain how decision-making behind urban restructuring is taking place <br><br>The book is a useful guide which brings together multidisciplinary research | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38892-7 | Geography | Buchroithner | Manfred Ferdinand Buchroithner; Pablo Iván Azócar Fernández | Paradigms in Cartography |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 149 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 149 p. 14 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] | SCE13000 | Epistemology | HPK | Geography | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Philosophy, Epistemology and Cartography.- A Philosophical Framework Applied to Cartography.- Paradigms in the History of Science.- Tendencies in Contemporary Cartography.- Critical Cartography in the Context of Postmodernism.- Post-representational Cartography.- Possibility of a Paradigm in Cartography.- Scopes of Paradigms in Cartography.- Conclusion. | In this book the main trends, concepts and directions in cartography and mapping in modernism and post-modernism are reviewed. Philosophical and epistemological issues are analysed in cartography from positivist-empiricist, neo-positivist and post-structuralist stances. In general, in cartography technological aspects have been considered as well as theoretical issues. The aim is to highlight the epistemological and philosophical viewpoint during the development of the discipline.  Some main philosophers who have been influential for contemporary thinking such as [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME], are considered. None of these philosophers wrote about cartography directly (excepting [NAME]), but their philosophies are related to cartography and mapping issues. The book also analyses the concept of paradigm or paradigm shift coined by [NAME], who applied it to the history of science. Different cartographic trends that have arisen since the second half of the twentieth century are analysed according to this important concept which is implicit inside the scientific or disciplinary communities.  Further, the authors analyse the position of cartography in the context of the sciences and other disciplines, adopting a positivistic point of view. Additionally, they review current trends in cartography and mapping in the context of information and communication technologies in a post-modernistic or post-structuralistic framework. Thus, since the 1980s and 1990s, new mapping concepts have arisen which challenge the discipline’s traditional map conceptions. | First book about this topic <br><br>Investigates the position of cartography in the context of sciences <br><br>Shows current tendencies in cartography in the context of information and communication technologies | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6734-8 | Geography | Dewan | Ashraf [NAME]; [NAME] | Dhaka Megacity | Geospatial Perspectives on Urbanisation, Environment and Health | Springer Geography |  | 1 | 2013 | 404 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 404 p. 98 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | Geography | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- From a Town to a Megacity: 400 Years of Growth.- Spatiotemporal Patterns of Population Distribution.- Climatic Variability.- Monitoring and Prediction of Land-Use and Land-Cover (LULC) Change.- Spatiotemporal Analysis of Urban Growth, Sprawl and Structure.- Key Driving Factors Influencing Urban Growth: Spatial-Statistical Modelling with CLUE-s.- Analysis of Urban Development Suitability.- Impact of Land Use Change on Flooding Patterns.- Flood Vulnerability and Risk Assessment with Spatial Multi-Criteria Evaluation.- Supplementing Electrical Power through Solar PV Systems.- Impact of Land Use and Land Cover Changes on Urban Land Surface Temperature.- Illustrating Quality of Life (QOL).- Exploring Crime Statistics.- Environmental Problems and Governance.- Assessing Surface Water Quality using [NAME] and In-Situ Data: An Exploratory Analysis.- Emissions from the Brick Manufacturing Industry.- Rainfall Dependence of Hospital Visits of Aeromonas-Positive Diarrhoea.- Modelling Spatiotemporal Patterns of Typhoid Cases between 2005 and 2009 using Spatial Statistics.- Spatiotemporal Analysis of Dengue Infection between 2005 and 2010. | The book Dhaka Megacity: Geospatial Perspectives on Urbanisation, Environment and Health presents the use of geospatial techniques to address a number of environmental issues, including land use change, climatic variability, urban sprawl, population density modelling, flooding,  environmental health, water quality, energy resources, urban growth modelling, infectious diseases and the quality of life. Although the work is focused on the Megacity of Dhaka in Bangladesh, the techniques and methods that are used to research these issues can be utilized in any other areas where rapid population growth coupled with unplanned urbanization is leading to environmental degradation. The book is useful for people working in the area of Geospatial Science, Urban Geography, Environmental Management and International Development. Since the chapters in the book cover a range of environmental issues, this book describes useful tools for assisting informed decision making, particularly in developing countries. | <p>Provides information on using geospatial techniques to address environmental issues in a tropical megacity <br><br></p><p>Helps informing decision makers, particularly for rapidly urbanising countries <br><br></p><p>Provides information on a comprehensive range of environmental threats faced by the inhabitants of megacities <br><br></p><p>Based on case studies</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7054-6 | Geography | Dikshit | K.R. Dikshit; [NAME] | North-East India: Land, People and Economy |  | Advances in Asian Human-Environmental Research |  | 1 | 2014 | 720 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 720 p. 69 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Geography | SCJ12000 | Economic Geography | RGCM | SCG17040 | Structural Geology | RBGD | Geography | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I: Historical Outline.- North-eastern India through the Ages.- Part II: The Land.- North-East India – Structural Framework.- Physical Setting of Northeast India.- The Drainage System of Northeast India.- Weather and Climate of the North-East.- Natural Hazards in the Northeast Region.- The Resource Endowment of the North-Eastern Region.- [NAME] and [NAME] of the North-East Region.- Part III:The People.- Early Colonisation of Northeast India.- People of the North-East.- Population of the North-eastern States.- Migration and its Impact on the Society and the Economy of the North-East.- Human Habitat in the North-East India.-Urbanisation and Urban Landscape in North-East India.- Part IV: The Economy.- Agriculture: Past and Present.- Industries and Associated Economic Activities.- Transport and Trade in Northeast India.- Socio-Economic Development of the North-East: An Assessment.- Part V: The Future.- Epilogue. | North-East India, comprising the seven contiguous states around Assam, the principal state of the region, is a relatively unknown, yet very fascinating region. The forest clad peripheral mountains, home to indigenous peoples like the Nagas, [NAME] and the [NAME], the densely populated Brahmaputra valley with its lush green tea gardens and the golden rice fields, the moderately populated hill regions and plateaus, and the sparsely inhabited Himalayas, form a unique mosaic of natural and cultural landscapes and human interactions, with unparalleled diversity. The book provides a glimpse into the region’s past and gives a comprehensive picture of its physical environment, people, resources and its economy. The physical environment takes into account not only the structural base of the region, its physical characteristics and natural vegetation but also offers an impression of the region’s biodiversity and the measures undertaken to preserve it. The people of the region, especially the indigenous population, inhabiting contrasting environments and speaking a variety of regional and local dialects, have received special attention, bringing into focus the role of migration that has influenced the traditional societies, for centuries. The book acquaints the readers with spatial distribution, life style and culture of the indigenous people, outlining the unique features of each tribe. The economy of the region, depending originally on primitive farming and cottage industries, like silkworm rearing, but now greatly transformed with the emergence of modern industries, power resources and expanding trade, is reviewed based on authentic data and actual field observations. The epilogue, the last chapter in the book, summarizes the authors’ perception of the region and its future. | Delivers a comprehensive account of the physical environment of North-East India, its people, resources and economy<br><br>Offers an extensive look at the process of colonisation by early settlers, their transformation, the arrival of different ethnic groups and the evolution of the contemporary society<br><br>Treats all aspects of the economy of the region: agriculture, land use, mineral industry, transport and trade | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-37532-3 | Geography | Geertman | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Planning Support Systems for Sustainable Urban Development |  | Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography | 195 | 1 | 2013 | 484 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 484 p. 186 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | Geography | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book collects a selection of the best articles presented at the CUPUM (Computers in Urban Planning and Urban Management) conference, held in the second week of July 2013 in Utrecht, the Netherlands. The articles included were selected by external reviewers using a double blind process. | Provides a state-of-the-art overview of the availability and application of Planning Support Systems (PSS) for Sustainable Urban Development <br>Contains the best papers of the CUPUM-2013 conference <br>Provides insights into the specifics of availability and application of Planning Support Systems (PSS) for Sustainable Urban Development | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6424-8 | Geography | Henckel | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Stefano Stabilini | Space–Time Design of the Public City |  | Urban and Landscape Perspectives | 15 | 1 | 2013 | 322 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 322 p. 34 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Geography | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | SCK18006 | Urbanism | RPC | Geography | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Urban Rhythms in the Contemporary City.- Working on Sunday: Regulations, Impacts and Perceptions of the Time-use Practices.- The Night and its Loss.- Re-populating the Night-time City: Hospitality and Gender.- Teenagers in the Contemporary City: Hypermodern Times, Spaces and Practices.- Time and Urban Morphology: Dispersed and Compact City Time Use in the Metropolitan Region of Barcelona.-  Intermezzo: Time Walk.- Efficiency, Temporal Justice, and the [NAME] of Cities.- Accessibility of Public Spaces and Services - Theoretical Remarks, Practices and Instruments from Urban Time Planning.- Mobility, Accessibility and Social Equity - A Comparative and Interdisciplinary Empirical Study in the Metropolitan Areas of Milan, [NAME] and Turin.- Beyond Vague Promises of Liveability: An Exploration of Walking in Everyday Life.- Encounters in Motion: Considerations of Time and Social Justice in Urban Mobility Research.- Intermezzo: Time Intervention in Public Spaces:  The Artist Mark Formanek.- Revisiting Exemplars of the Times-of-the-City Approach: The Viability of the ‘Neodiscipline’ Claim... .- City, Urbanism, Social Sustainability and the Right to the City.- The Area Governance Plan and the Territorial Time Plan of the City of Bergamo: An Example of Temporal City Planning.- Time Policies in Italy: The Case of the Middle Adriatic Regions.- Studying Good Practices to Lesson-Drawing and Transfer: Introduction to the Causal Mechanisms Approach. A proposal for Exchanges Among European Networks on Time-oriented Policies.- Do Urban Time Policies have a Real Impact on Quality of Life? And which Methods are Apt to Evaluate Them?.- Further Research and Policy Perspectives. | Time has become an increasingly important topic in urban studies and urban planning. The spatial-temporal interplay is not only of relevance for the theory of urban development and urban politics, but also for urban planning and governance. The space-time approach focuses on the human being with its various habits and routines in the city. Understanding and taking those habits into account in urban planning and public policies offers a new way to improve the quality of life in our cities. Adapting the supply and accessibility of public spaces and services to the inhabitants’ space-time needs calls for an integrated approach to the physical design of urban space and to the organization of cities. In the last two decades the body of practical and theoretical work on urban space-time topics has grown substantially. The book offers a state of the art overview of the theoretical reasoning, the development of new analytical tools, and practical experience of the space-time design of public cities in major European countries. The contributions were written by academics and practitioners from various fields exploring space-time research and planning. | First European wide survey or spatio-temporal research <br><br>Up-to-date information on topics, analytical methods, practices and instruments <br><br>Fosters the development of the new disciplinary focus on space-time urban design | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-01022-9 | Geography | Lafe | Olurinde Lafe | Abulecentrism | Rapid Development of Society Catalyzed at the Local Community Level |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 171 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 171 p. 160 illus., 158 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Geography | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | Geography | Brief | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.-  Power Infrastructural Development.- Other infrastructural Development.- Human Capacity Development.- Housing.- Agriculture.- Industrialization.- Healthcare.- Moving Forward.- Bibliography. | The book describes a development concept called abulecentrism. The Yoruba word abule (pronounced: a-boo-lay) literarily means “the village”. abulecentrism seeks to achieve rapid and sustainable development of a given society by the strategic execution of projects and the provision of critical services at the local community level.  The village has always been the traditional unit of communal living in many societies around the world. The typical village is small, comprising close-knit social groups and individuals that number in the tens, or at most, low hundreds. In a village, people live close to one another, and derive strength in their communal methods of living, working and protecting their society. Furthermore, the management and governance of the community is simpler than in urban areas because the village requires smaller administrative systems. abulecentrism is built on the philosophy of using small, modular systems, such as a village, as building blocks for developing the greater society. The ultimate goal of abulecentrism is for the larger society to be significantly impacted by the dividends of the aggregated development attained within the different communities. Development projects will typically be executed by starting with a few local communities and progressing organically until all the communities that make up the larger society have been impacted. | <p>Book describes a new development concept</p><p>Examples drawn from different ongoing initiatives around the world show how the reader can apply abulecentrism to their local community</p><p>Includes step-by-step instructions on creating abulecentric business enterprises</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-23402-6 | Geography | Scheumann | [NAME]; [NAME] | Evolution of Dam Policies | Evidence from the big hydropower states |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400p. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 186.5 | English | Geography | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | SCU16002 | Environmental Law/Policy/Ecojustice | LNKJ | Geography | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The World Commission on Dams’ (WCD) report (2000) “Dams and Development: A New Framework for Decision-Making” has set a landmark in the highly contested controversy over large dams which has yet not ended. Now that more than ten years passed, one has to realize that the WCD norms matter but that their real chance of getting implemented relies on whether their core values, strategic priorities and guidelines are accepted by national decision-makers and are translated into official policies and practices.  With the liberalization and deregulation of the energy sector, new actors such as private investors come into play, and new regulatory bodies were created. Furthermore, international financial institutions had reduced their commitment to dam building during the 1990s but are slowly re-engaging in the dam business in order to facilitate a low carbon development path (hydropower being one component in the renewable energy mix). Stricter international norms and the change of actors that resulted in changes of decision-making structures has forced the international environment movement to adjust its political strategies. Therefore we were particularly interested in understanding the role civil society and transnational NGO-networks play in influencing decisions on international and national levels. Meanwhile, Chinese actors, such as China ExIm Bank and Sinohydro, managed to become the largest financiers of dam projects in Africa and are catching up in Asia, and it is argued by many, that they distort competition. In order not to simply endorse widespread prejudices, Chinese engagement is judged on evidence obtained in the field (Ghana and Cambodia). <br />The chapters cover the broad range of issues mentioned. In detail, the two introductory chapters consider changes in the global dam debate and government reaction to this, exemplified by development policies of the German government. Section I considers norm formation processes in Brazil, China, Indiaand Turkey, including the application of norms in selected dam projects. Section II examines the relevance of new actors in driving norms for hydroelectric dams. The focus here is on two sets of actors: private companies in liberalised energy markets and transnational advocacy networks. Section III analyses the role of Chinese actors (government, banks and firms) in norm diffusion in Chinese foreign direct investment in hydroelectric dams. The issues are then explored in detail, exemplified by Chinese investment in Ghanaian and Cambodian hydropower projects. | Rigorously analyzes reform processes regarding siting and building dams <br><br>Extensive examination of legal changes and their environmental and social impacts <br><br>Detailed observation of norm diffusion from global to local level | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-37895-9 | Geography | Thill | Jean-Claude Thill | Spatial Analysis and Location Modeling in Urban and Regional Systems |  | Advances in Geographic Information Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | 340 p. | 0 | approx. | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 173 | English | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] |  |  |  | Geography | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The contributed volume collects cutting-edge research in Geographic Information Science & Technologies, Location Modeling, and Spatial Analysis of Urban and Regional Systems. The contributions emphasize methodological innovations or substantive breakthroughs on many facets of the socio-economic and environmental reality of urban and regional contexts. | <p>Cutting-edge research in geospatial analysis, most notably spatial analysis and location modeling </p><p>Contributions from several internationally renown researchers </p><p>Richly illustrated research papers </p><p>International and cross-disciplinary contributions </p><p>There is no similar book on the market</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6927-4 | Life Sciences | Abrol | [NAME] | Asiatic [NAME] cerana | Biodiversity Conservation and Agricultural Production |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 967 | Hard cover | Book | I, 967 p. 40 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Historical perspective.- 3. Biology of Apis  cerana.- 4. Biogeography.- 5. Genetics and breeding.- 6. Reproductive biology.- 7. Pheromones.- 8. Molecular Phylogeny of Apis  cerana.- 9. Interactions with other bee species.- 10. Dance language.- 11. Foraging.- 12. Floral resources.- 13. Pollination biology.- 14. Safety of bees in relation to pest management.- 15. Management problems.- 16. Population decline.- 17. Loss of genetic diversity.- 18. Diseases and enemies.- 19. Impact  of climate changes.- 20. Behavioural  defense against diseases and enemies.- 21. Ecological impacts of invasive alien species on bees.- 22. Conservation strategies.- 23. Livelihood security. ​ | Despite its economic usefulness, biodiversity of Asian hive bee Apis cerana is suffering precipitous decline and is threatened with extinction in its entire native habitat. Although a number of publications have appeared on honeybees in the market no attempt has been made to approach the subject in systematically and in a comprehensive manner in case of Apis cerana. There is still not enough knowledge on different facets of biological conservation, agricultural production and role in improving food security and livelihoods. An attempt has been made in this book to fill the gap by providing detailed information on different aspects of Apis cerana leading to sustainability and environmental protection. This book discusses information on  varied aspects of Apis cerana biology, biogeography, reproduction, genetics, molecular phylogeny, interaction with other species, floral resources, dance language, safety from pesticides, management  problems, loss of genetic diversity, behavioural defence, role in food production, livelihood security and conservation strategies for protecting biodiversity and enhancing crop productivity. The compilation of this book is unique in the sense that in the context of pollinator decline over the world, conservation of this species will be a step for sustaining food security. | <p>Behavioural  defense against diseases and enemies<br><br>Ecological impacts of invasive alien species on bees<br><br>Loss of genetic diversity<br><br>Impact of climate change <br><br>Livelihood security    </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7396-1 | Life Sciences | Adams | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME], Ecology, and Conservation |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 640 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 640 p. 126 illus., 68 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | SCL19150 | Conservation Biology/Ecology | RNK | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1. Evolutionary Patterns.- 1. How to Grow a Bat Wing.- 2. Time's Arrow in the Evolutionary Development of Bat Flight.- 3. Evolution of Echolocation.- 4. Nasal Emission and Noseleaves.- 5. [NAME] and Lip Projections: Unique Integumentary Morphology.- 6. [NAME]: Past, Present, and Future Directions.- 7. Of Bats and Molecules: Chromosomal Characters for Judging Phylogenetic Relationships.- Part 2. Ecology and Behaviour.- 8. Aeroecology.- 9. Response of Bat Diversity to Forest Disturbance in Southeast Asia: Insights from Long-term Research in Malaysia.- 10. Modeling the Colonization of Hawaii by [NAME] (Lasiurus cinereus).- 11. Learning and Memory in Bats: A Case Study on Object Discrimination in Flower-visiting Bats.- 12. Cooperation and Conflict in the Social Lives of Bats.- 13. Decision Making and Socioemotional Vocal Behavior in Bats.- 14. New Advances in the Study of Group Behavior in Bats.- 15. Recent Advances in the Study of Bat Migration Research.- 16. Speciation Dynamics of the Fruit-eating Bats (Genus Artibeus): With Evidence of Ecological Divergence in Central American Populations.- Part 3. Conservation and Education.- 18. Considering Human Development, Socialization, and Enculturation in Educational Intervention for Wildlife Conservation: A Case for Bats.- 19. Threats to Bats and Educational Challenges.- 20. Virology and Immunology of Bats.- 20. White-nose Syndrome: A Deadly Emerging Infectious Disease of Hibernating Bats.- 21. Impacts of Wind Energy Development on Bats: Implications for Conservation.- 22. Response of Bats to Climate Change: Learning from the past and Predicting the Future.- 23. Challenges of Using Bioacoustics to Globally Monitor Bats.- 24. On Estimating the Economic Value of Insectivorous Bats: Prospects and Priorities for Biologists.- 25. Bat Conservation: Past, Present and Future. | Recent advances in the study of bats have changed the way we understand this illusive group of mammals. This volume consist of 25 chapters and 57 authors from around the globe all writing on the most recent finding on the evolution, ecology and conservation of bats. The chapters in this book are not intended to be exhaustive literature reviews, but instead extended manuscripts that bring new and fresh perspectives. Many chapters consist of previously unpublished data and are repetitive of new insights and understanding in bat evolution, ecology and conservation. All chapters were peer-reviewed and revised by the authors. Many of the chapters are multi-authored to provide comprehensive and authoritative coverage of the topics. | <p>Provides new and unpublished data for consideration as well historical, present, and future perspectives </p><p>Provides novel approaches to old questions as well as new ways of understanding the complex world of bats </p><p>New perspectives are provided on many aspects of bat biology, including white-nose syndrome, speciation, bats and the human dimension, educational and conservation challenges, global monitoring, economic value, and the state of global bat populations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7090-4 | Life Sciences | Alconada Magliano | Teresa M. Alconada Magliano; Sofia Noemi Chulze | Fusarium [NAME] in Latin America |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 329 | Hard cover | Book | X, 329 p. 50 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | SCL27000 | Fungus Genetics | PSQ | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | List of Contributors.- Preface.- Part I: Fusarium Populations Associated with Fusarium [NAME] in Latin America.- 1. Population Structure of Fusarium graminearum Species [NAME] and Chemotypes in Relation to [NAME] Production.- 2. Species Identification, Genetic Diversity and Phenotypic Variation Studies on the Fusarium graminearum [NAME] from Brazil.- 3. Diversity of Pathogen Populations Causing Fusarium Head Blight of Wheat in Uruguay.- 4. Ecophysiology of Fusarium graminearum [NAME] to Fusarium Head Blight in Latin America.- Part II: Mycotoxins.- 5. Mycotoxins Associated to Fusarium Species that Caused Fusarium Head Blight in Wheat in Latin-America.- 6. Fusarium Mycotoxins. An Overview of Chemical Characterization and Techniques for its Determination from Agricultural Products.- Part III: Interaction Plant Pathogen.- 7. Fungal Infection and Disease Progression. Fusarium spp. [NAME] with Pathogenesis and Loss of Commercial Value of Wheat Grains.- 8. [NAME] to Analyze Wheat-Fusarium graminearum Interaction.- Part IV: Epidemiology.- 9. Crop Residues and their Management in the Epidemiology of Fusarium Head Blight.- Part V: Management of Fusarium Head Blight.- 10. Integrated Disease Management of Fusarium Head Blight.- 11. Chemical Control of Fusarium Head Blight of Wheat.- 12. Biological Control of Fusarium Head Blight of Wheat: From Selection to Formulation.- 13. Modeling and Forecasting Systems for Fusarium Head Blight and Deoxynivalenol Content in Wheat in Argentina.- Part VI: Resistance.- 14. Genetic Resistance to Fusarium Head Blight in Wheat (Triticum aestivum [NAME]). Current Status in Argentina.- 15. Development and Characterization of International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT) Germoplasm for Fusarium Head Blight Resistance.- 16. Resistance to Fusarium Head Blight in South American Wheat Germplasm.- Keywords Index.- Abbreviations Index. | Fusarium head blight (FHB) on small-grain cereals is one of the most devastating diseases. Several species can cause head blight, though Fusarium graminearum is the predominant pathogen in most regions. F. graminearum is one of the most intensively studied fungal plant pathogens. This book presents the current state of knowledge regarding mycological aspects that make wheat-Fusarium interaction, such as hyphal growth, morphogenesis in germinating spores, visualization of enzymatic hydrolysis, production of mycotoxins, inhibition of the hyphal growth by antagonist microorganisms, use of natural substances or by modification of the host resistance, as well as genetic analysis and expression of genes that regulate the infection. [NAME] ecology and epidemiology will also be discussed. Just as the analysis of environmental requirements for the establishment of the disease, the use of forecasts of disease risk with meteorological base and integrated management and control. This book includes the study of disease in Latin America, therefore will be of interest to researchers who are working on the issue, as for those who are interested in knowing about the disease. | <p>Reviews the recent progress on the research on Fusarium Head Blight (FHB) in Latin America</p><p>Gives an overview of different strategies in relation to preventing the impact of FHB on wheat in Latin America </p><p>Describes various tools such as gene selection, biocontrol, decision systems based on weather variables and the study of pathogen populations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6859-8 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Wetland Techniques | Volume 1: Foundations |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 402 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 402 p. 98 illus., 76 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCU1400X | Environmental Monitoring/Analysis | TQD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgments.- 1. Study Design and Logistics; [NAME]. Wetland Bathymetry and Mapping; [NAME] and [NAME] Smith.- 3. Assessing and Measuring Wetland Hydrology; [NAME] and [NAME] Hayashi.- 4. Hydric Soil Identification Techniques; [NAME] and [NAME]. Sampling and Analyzing Wetland Vegetation; Amanda Little.- 6. Monitoring Wetland Water Quality; [NAME]. Wetland Biogeochemistry Techniques; [NAME] et al.- Index. | Wetlands serve many important functions and provide numerous ecological services such as clean water, wildlife habitat, nutrient reduction, and flood control. Wetland science is a relatively young discipline but is a rapidly growing field due to an enhanced understanding of the importance of wetlands and the numerous laws and policies that have been developed to protect these areas. This growth is demonstrated by the creation and growth of the Society of Wetland Scientists which was formed in 1980 and now has a membership of 3,500 people.  It is also illustrated by the existence of 2 journals (Wetlands and Wetlands Ecology and Management) devoted entirely to wetlands.To date there has been no practical, comprehensive techniques book centered on wetlands, and written for wetland researchers, students, and managers. This techniques book aims to fill that gap. It is designed to provide an overview of the various methods that have been used or developed by researchers and practitioners to study, monitor, manage, or create wetlands. Including many methods usually found only in the peer-reviewed or gray literature, this 3-volume set fills a major niche for all professionals dealing with wetlands. | <p>Only comprehensive book on the topic of wetland research and management techniques</p><p>Chapters are authored by leading scientists in the field of wetlands</p><p>Examples of classroom and field activities are provided to jump start non-specialists teaching specific topics</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6906-9 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Wetland Techniques | Volume 3: Applications and Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 263 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 263 p. 46 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCU1400X | Environmental Monitoring/Analysis | TQD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- 1. Wetland Indices of Biological Integrity; [NAME] and [NAME] Anderson.- 2. Hydrogeomorphic Classification and Functional Assessment; [NAME] et al.- 3. Wetland Design and Development; [NAME] et al.- 4. Management of Wetlands for Wildlife; [NAME] et al.- 5. Ecosystem Services:  Developing Sustainable Management Paradigms Based on Wetland Functions and Processes; [NAME] et al.- 6. Planning Interpretive and Education Programs for Wetlands; [NAME] Smaldone.- Index. | Wetlands serve many important functions and provide numerous ecological services such as clean water, wildlife habitat, nutrient reduction, and flood control. Wetland science is a relatively young discipline but is a rapidly growing field due to an enhanced understanding of the importance of wetlands and the numerous laws and policies that have been developed to protect these areas. This growth is demonstrated by the creation and growth of the Society of Wetland Scientists which was formed in 1980 and now has a membership of 3,500 people.  It is also illustrated by the existence of 2 journals (Wetlands and Wetlands Ecology and Management) devoted entirely to wetlands.To date there has been no practical, comprehensive techniques book centered on wetlands, and written for wetland researchers, students, and managers. This techniques book aims to fill that gap. It is designed to provide an overview of the various methods that have been used or developed by researchers and practitioners to study, monitor, manage, or create wetlands. Including many methods usually found only in the peer-reviewed or gray literature, this 3-volume set fills a major niche for all professionals dealing with wetlands. | <p>Only comprehensive book on the topic of wetland research and management techniques</p><p>Chapters are authored by leading scientists in the field of wetlands</p><p>Examples of classroom and field activities are provided to jump start non-specialists teaching specific topics</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6930-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Wetland Techniques | Volume 2: Organisms |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 298 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 298 p. 59 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCU1400X | Environmental Monitoring/Analysis | TQD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- 1. Methods for Sampling and Analyzing Wetland Algae; [NAME] et al.- 2. Methods for Sampling and Analyzing Wetland Soil Bacterial Community; [NAME] and [NAME] Williams.- 3. Methods for Sampling and Analyzing Wetland [NAME]; [NAME] et al.- 4. Methods for Sampling and Analyzing Wetland Protoza (Protists); [NAME] and [NAME] Duerr.- 5. Sampling and Processing Aquatic and Terrestrial Invertebrates in Wetlands; [NAME] et al.- 6. Wetland Fish Monitoring and Assessment; [NAME] et al.- 7. Wetland Wildlife Monitoring and Assessment; [NAME] et al.- Index. | Wetlands serve many important functions and provide numerous ecological services such as clean water, wildlife habitat, nutrient reduction, and flood control. Wetland science is a relatively young discipline but is a rapidly growing field due to an enhanced understanding of the importance of wetlands and the numerous laws and policies that have been developed to protect these areas. This growth is demonstrated by the creation and growth of the Society of Wetland Scientists which was formed in 1980 and now has a membership of 3,500 people.  It is also illustrated by the existence of 2 journals (Wetlands and Wetlands Ecology and Management) devoted entirely to wetlands.To date there has been no practical, comprehensive techniques book centered on wetlands, and written for wetland researchers, students, and managers. This techniques book aims to fill that gap. It is designed to provide an overview of the various methods that have been used or developed by researchers and practitioners to study, monitor, manage, or create wetlands. Including many methods usually found only in the peer-reviewed or gray literature, this 3-volume set fills a major niche for all professionals dealing with wetlands. | <p>Only comprehensive book on the topic of wetland research and management techniques</p><p>Chapters are authored by leading scientists in the field of wetlands</p><p>Examples of classroom and field activities are provided to jump start non-specialists teaching specific topics</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7001-0 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Wetland Techniques | [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1100 | Soft cover | Book | XLII, 1100 p. 160 illus. in color. 3 volume-set. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCU1400X | Environmental Monitoring/Analysis | TQD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-09-02 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Wetlands serve many important functions and provide numerous ecological services such as clean water, wildlife habitat, nutrient reduction, and flood control. Wetland science is a relatively young discipline but is a rapidly growing field due to an enhanced understanding of the importance of wetlands and the numerous laws and policies that have been developed to protect these areas. This growth is demonstrated by the creation and growth of the Society of Wetland Scientists which was formed in 1980 and now has a membership of 3,500 people.  It is also illustrated by the existence of 2 journals (Wetlands and Wetlands Ecology and Management) devoted entirely to wetlands.   To date there has been no practical, comprehensive techniques book centered on wetlands, and written for wetland researchers, students, and managers. This techniques book aims to fill that gap. It is designed to provide an overview of the various methods that have been used or developed by researchers and practitioners to study, monitor, manage, or create wetlands. Including many methods usually found only in the peer-reviewed or gray literature, this 3-volume set fills a major niche and for all professionals dealing with wetlands. | <p>Provides a first of its kind compilation of scientific wetland research and management techniques</p><p>Volume 1 provides a solid foundation on the basics of wetland science including study design, and assessing hydrology, hydric soils, and hydrophytic vegetation</p><p>Volume 2 presents the principles for sampling and evaluating wetland biotic communities from algae, bacteria and fungi to invertebrates, fish, and wildlife</p><p>Volume 3 details specialized methods for assessing, evaluating, monitoring, developing, interpreting, and managing wetlands</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38504-9 | Life Sciences | Aon | [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Schlattner | Systems Biology of Metabolic and Signaling Networks | Energy, Mass and [NAME] | Springer Series in Biophysics | 16 | 1 | 2013 | 342 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 342 p. 92 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL15010 | Systems Biology | PSA | SCL17004 | Computer Appl. in Life Sciences | PS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I Introduction.- From Physiology, Genomes, Systems and Self-Organization to Systems Biology: The Historical Roots of a 21st Century Approach to Complexity.- Systems Biology of Networks: The Riddle and the Challenge.- II Systems Biology of Signaling Networks.- Micrornas and Robustness In Biological Regulatory Networks. A Generic Approach with Applications at Different Levels: Physiologic, [NAME] And Genetic.- Dynamics of Mitochondrial Redox and Energy Networks: Insights from an Experimental-Computational Synergy.- Adenylate [NAME]: A Major Hub in Cell Energetics and Metabolic Signaling.- The Control Analysis of Signal Transduction.- III Systems Biology of Cellular Structures and Fluxes.- Moonlighting Function of the Tubulin Cytoskeleton.- Metabolic Dissipative Structures.- Systems Biology Approaches to Cancer Energy Metabolism.- IV Systems Biology of Organ Function.- Network Dynamics in Cardiac Electrophysiology.- Systems Level Regulation of Energy Fluxes via Metabolic Cycles. Role of [NAME] and Phosphotransfer Pathways.- V Systems Biology of Microorganisms.- Temporal Partitioning of the Yeast Cellular Network.- Systems Biology and Metabolic Engineering in Bacteria. | Systems Biology represents a new paradigm aiming at a whole-organism-level understanding of biological phenomena, emphasizing interconnections and functional interrelationships rather than component parts. The study of network properties, and how they control and regulate behavior from the cellular to organism level, constitutes a main focus of Systems Biology. This book addresses from a novel perspective a major unsolved biological problem: understanding how a cell works and what goes wrong in pathology. The task undertaken by the authors is in equal parts conceptual and methodological, integrative and analytical, experimental and theoretical, qualitative and quantitative, didactic and comprehensive. Essentially, they unravel the spatio-temporal unfolding of interacting mass-energy and information networks at the cellular and organ levels, as well as its modulation through activation or repression by signaling networks to produce a certain phenotype or (patho)physiological response. Starting with the historical roots, in thirteen chapters this work explores the Systems Biology of signaling networks, cellular structures and fluxes, organ and microorganism functions. In doing so, it establishes the basis of a 21st century approach to biological complexity. | <p>Establishes the basis of a 21st century approach to biological complexity</p><p>Explores the Systems Biology of signaling networks, cellular structures and fluxes, organ and microorganism functions</p><p>Broadens your understanding of biological phenomena, emphasizing interconnections and functional interrelationships </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1286-7 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Naveen [NAME] | Plant Microbe Symbiosis- Fundamentals and Advances |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 435 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 435 p. 31 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL23004 | Microbiology | PSG | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Transactions amongst microorganisms and plant in the composite rhizosphere habitat.- Plant-Microbe Interactions for Sustainable Agriculture: Fundamentals and Recent Advances.- Plant-microbe partnerships: implications for growth and plant health.- Plant Microbe Symbiosis: Perspectives and Applications.- Soil rhizobacteria can regulate the uptake of nutrients and undesirable elements by plants.- The complex molecular signaling network in microbe-plant interaction.- The contribution of new technologies towards understanding plant-fungus symbioses.- Legume Root Nodule Associated Bacteria.- Legume-Rhizobia Symbiosis and interactions in Agroecosystems.- Biological nitrogen fixation: importance, associated diversity and estimates.- Alleviation of salt stress in legumes by co-inoculation with Pseudomonas and Rhizobium.- Potential of Rhizosphere Bacteria for Improving Rhizobium - Legumes Symbiosis.- Diversity of plant root associated microbes: its regulation by introduced [NAME] metabolites of Pseudomonas aurantiaca and their role in plant growth promotion.- Plant –Microbe Interaction, a potential tool for enhanced bioremediation.- Multifaceted plant associated microbes and their mechanisms diminish the concept of direct and indirect PGPRs. | Plant microbe interaction is a complex relationship that can have various beneficial impacts on both the communities. An urgent need of today’s world is to get high crop yields in an ecofriendly manner. Utilization of beneficial and multifaceted plant growth promoting (PGP) microorganisms can solve the problem of getting enhanced yields without disturbing the ecosystem thus leading to sustainability. For this to achieve understanding of the intricate details of how the beneficial microbes form associations with the host plant and sustain that for millions of years must be known. A holistic approach is required wherein the diversity of microbes associated with plant and the network of mechanisms by which they benefit the host must be studied and utilized. ‘Plant Microbe Symbiosis – Fundamentals and Advances’ provides a comprehensive understanding of positive interactions that occur between plant and microorganisms and their utilization in the fields. The book reviews the enormous diversity of plant associated microbes, the dialog between plant-microbes-microbes and mechanisms of action of PGP microbes. Utilization of PGPRs as nutrient providers, in combating phytopathogens and ameliorating the stressed and polluted soils is also explained. Importantly, the book also throws light on the unanswered questions and future direction of research in the field. It illustrates how the basic knowledge can be amalgamated with advanced technology to design the future bioformulations. | <p>The reviews compiled in the tome will provide a better understanding of the  processes that occur around the roots – availability of nutrients, molecular cross talk between roots-microorganisms-microorganisms</p><p>Various positive plant-microbe-microbe interactions and multifaceted communications are the highlights of the book</p><p>The content explicitly defines how plant-microbe symbiosis can be explored for sustainable agriculture</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-00731-1 | Life Sciences | Asif | [NAME] | Progress and Opportunities of Doubled Haploid Production |  | SpringerBriefs in Plant Science | 6 | 1 | 2013 | 75 | Soft cover | Book | X, 75 p. 3 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | SCL24027 | Plant Genetics & Genomics | PST | Life Sciences | Brief | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Abstract.- Introduction/Historical background.- Haploid Production.- Androgenesis.- Microspore culture.- Donor plant’s growth and developmental conditions.- Collection of floral organs.- Pretreatments.- Microspore’s isolation and purification.- Media Composition.- Regeneration.- Increase in Ploidy Level.- Albinism.- Pathways of microspore embryogenesis.- Anther Culture.- Genotype, physiological state, growth and developmental stage of donor plants.- Pretreatments and media composition.- Uniparental Chromosome Removal/Elimination or Wide Hybridization.- Bulbosum Method.- Haploids using maize as a pollen donor.- Haploids using Solanum phureja and maize inducer lines.- Gynogenesis.- Genotype.- Developmental stage of female gametophyte.- Pretreatment.- Composition of media.- Parthenogenesis.- Applications and uses of haploids.- Homozygosity.- Genomics.- Mutation.- Transformation.- Synthetic or Artificial Seed Production.- Future Thrust.- Conclusion.- References. | Deals with the historical perspectives and the current status of doubled haploid production along with its practical implications in basic and applied research. It highlights various haploid production methods with a comprehensive discussion on their pros and cons, bottlenecks, and embryogenic pathways. The review also describes in detail the results of molecular and genomic studies conducted to investigate the underlying principles of this spectacular technique that has changed the status of many species from recalcitrant to responsive over the last ninety years. ​ | <p>Describes in detail the results of molecular and genomic studies conducted to investigate the underlying principles of this spectacular technique</p><p>Updates the current status of knowledge on various types and methods of doubled haploid production </p><p>Discusses the practical implications of haploidy in basic and applied research along with various other important aspects of haploidy ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38319-9 | Life Sciences | Barth | [NAME] | Yarrowia lipolytica | Genetics, Genomics, and Physiology | Microbiology Monographs | 24 | 1 | 2013 | 201 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 201 p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL23020 | Eukaryotic Microbiology | PSG | SCC12002 | Biotechnology | TCB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME], Meriem Mekouar and CécileNeuvéglise: Comparative genetics of Yarrowia lipolytica.- Stephan Kercher and [NAME]: Mitochondrial genomics and proteomics of Yarrowia lipolytica.- Serge Casaregola & Gerold Barth: Transponable elements and their activities in Yarrowia lipolytica.- Cécile Neuvéglise, [NAME] and [NAME]: Non-coding RNA genes transcribed by RNA polymerase III in Yarrowia lipolytica.- Ryouichi Fukuda and Akinnori Ohta: Utilization of hydrophobic substrates by Yarrowia. Lipolytica.- Sylvie Blanchin-Roland: Ambient pH signalling in Yarrowia lipolytica.- Falk Matthaeus and Gerold Barth: The GPR1/FUN34/yaaH proteinfamily in the non-conventional yeast Yarrowia lipolytica and the conventional yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae.- [NAME], [NAME], Sophie Laudaud and Pascal Bonnarme: Sulphur metabolism of the cheese-ripening yeast Yarrowia lipolytica. | Due to various special physiological features and a genome that greatly differs in structure, gene content and organization from other yeasts, Y. lipolytica is widely used as a model organism. With its characteristics, such as the ability to accumulate oil and the high capacity for secretion of proteases and lipases, the yeast is also of great interest for biotechnological applications.The main topics covered in this Microbiology Monograph are: comparative genomics; mitochondrial genomics and proteomics, including the analysis of the respiratory chain; transposable elements and their activities; non-coding RNA genes, which display a number of unusual and remarkable features compared to other hemiascomycetes; utilization of hydrophobic substrates, of n-alkane and its oxidized derivatives as sources of carbon and energy; ambient pH signalling; comparison of protein families in non-conventional yeasts and S. cerevisiae; and the sulphur metabolism of cheese-ripening yeast.. | <p>With contributions by international scientists</p><p>Provides the latest research results of this interesting yeast species</p><p>Integrates basic and applied topics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38582-7 | Life Sciences | Barth | [NAME] | Yarrowia lipolytica | Biotechnological Applications | Microbiology Monographs | 25 | 1 | 2013 | 272 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 272 p. 25 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL23020 | Eukaryotic Microbiology | PSG | SCC12002 | Biotechnology | TCB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] and [NAME]: Heterologous protein expression and secretion in Yarrowia lipolytica.- [NAME]: Acid and alkaline extracellular proteases of [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]: The lipases from Y. lipolytica: genetics, production, regulation and biochemical characterization.- [NAME] and [NAME]: Biotechnological applications of Yarrowia lipolytica lipases: an overview.- Christina Otto, [NAME] and Gerold Barth: Production of organic acids by [NAME]: Production of dicarboxylic acids and flagrances by Yarrowia lipolytica.- Vladimir Shkumatov et al.: Cytochrome P450 expression in Yarrowia lipolytica and its use in steroid biotransformation.- [NAME]: Cytochrom P450 of the alkane-utilizing yeast Yarrowia lipolytica. | Due to various special physiological features and a genome that greatly differs in structure, gene content and organization from other yeasts, Y. lipolytica is widely used as a host system. With its characteristics, such as the ability to grow on lipids or grease, to accumulate oil and the high capacity for secretion of proteases and lipases, the yeast is of great interest for biotechnological applications.The main topics covered in this Microbiology Monograph are: expression and secretion of heterologous proteins; acid and alkaline extracellular proteases; genetics, production, biochemical characterization and biotechnological application of lipases; production and secretion of several organic acids and flagrances; as well as the functional expression of P450 systems and its use in steroid biotransformation. | <p>With contributions by international scientists</p><p>Provides the latest research results of this interesting yeast species</p><p>Integrates basic and applied topics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7039-3 | Life Sciences | Battail | [NAME] | Information and Life |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 262 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 262 p. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | SCE24000 | Philosophy of Biology | HP | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. What is information? 2.1 Information in a usual meaning. 2.2 Features of information as a scientific entity. 2.3 Comments on the definitions of information. 2.4 An information as a nominable entity. 2.5 Short history of communication engineering. 2.6 Communication over space or over time.- 3. Basic principles of communication engineering. 3.1 Physical inscription of a single symbol. 3.2 Physical inscription of a sequence. 3.3 Receiving a binary symbol in the presence of noise. 3.4 Communicating sequences in the presence of noise.- 4. Information theory for literal communication. 4.1 Shannon’s paradigm and its variants. 4.2 Quantitative measures of information. 4.3 Source coding.- 5. Channel capacity and channel coding. 5.1 Channel models. 5.2 Capacity of a channel. 5.3 Channel coding needs redundancy. 5.4 On the fundamental theorem of channel coding. 5.5 Error-correcting codes.- 6. Information as a fundamental entity. 6.1 Algorithmic information theory. 6.2 Emergent information in populations. 6.3 Physical entropy and information. 6.4 Information bridges the abstract and the concrete.- 7. An introduction to the second part. 7.1 Relationship with biosemiotics. 7.2 Content and spirit of the second part.- 8. Heredity as a communication problem. 8.1 The enduring genome. 8.2 Consequences meet biological reality. 8.3 A toy living world. 8.4 Identifying genomic error-correcting codes.- 9. Information is specific to life. 9.1 Information and life are indissolubly linked. 9.2 Semantic feedback loops. 9.3 Information as a fundamental entity. 9.4 Nature as an engineer.- 10. Life within the physical world. 10.1 A poorly understood divide. 10.2 Maxwell’s demon in physics and in life.- 10.3 A measurement as a means for acquiring information.- 11. Conclusion. | Communication, one of the most important functions of life, occurs at any spatial scale from the molecular one up to that of populations and ecosystems, and any time scale from that of fast chemical reactions up to that of geological ages. Information theory, a mathematical science of communication initiated by Shannon in 1948, has been very successful in engineering, but biologists ignore it.This book aims at bridging this gap. It proposes an abstract definition of information based on the engineers' experience which makes it usable in life sciences. It expounds information theory and error-correcting codes, its by-products, as simply as possible. Then, the fundamental biological problem of heredity is examined. It is shown that biology does not adequately account for the conservation of genomes during geological ages, which can be understood only if it is assumed that genomes are made resilient to casual errors by proper coding. Moreover, the good conservation of very old parts of genomes, like the HOX genes, implies that the assumed genomic codes have a nested structure which makes an information the more resilient to errors, the older it is.The consequences that information theory draws from these hypotheses meet very basic but yet unexplained biological facts, e.g., the existence of successive generations, that of discrete species and the trend of evolution towards complexity. Being necessarily inscribed on physical media, information appears as a bridge between the abstract and the concrete. Recording, communicating and using information exclusively occur in the living world. Information is thus coextensive with life and delineates the border between the living and the inanimate. | <p>Based on the engineers' experience, defines information as an abstract entity which can interact with the physical world</p><p><p>Popularizes information theory and error-correcting codes in order to make them usable by researchers in life sciences</p><p><p><p>Shows that heredity and biological evolution cannot be understood unless genomes are endowed with some kind of error-correcting codes</p><p><p>Shows how life results from the interaction of information with physical entities</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7854-6 | Life Sciences | Bence | [NAME] | Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase Control of Metabolism |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 302 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 302 p. 34 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14040 | Protein Science | PSBC | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Redox Regulation of PTPs in Metabolism: Focus on Assays.- Quantitative Modeling of PTPs and Implications for Studying [NAME] Signaling.- Protein-Tyrosine Phosphatase 1B Substrates and Control of Metabolism.- PTP1B and TCPTP in CNS Signaling and Energy Balance.- PTP1B in the Periphery: Regulating Insulin Sensitivity and ER Stress.- Role of Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase 1B in Hepatocyte-Specific Insulin and Growth Factor Signaling.- PTP1B in Obesity-Related Cardiovascular Runction.- Role of SHP2 Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase in Cardiac Metabolism.- Metabolic Effects of Neural and Pancreatic SHP2.- Protein Tyrosine Phosphatase Epsilon as a Regulator of Body Weight and [NAME] Metabolism.- The Role of LMPTP in the Metabolic Syndrome.- Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase Phosphatases in Metabolism.- Glycogen Metabolism and [NAME]. | Although phosphorylation of proteins on tyrosine is relatively rare compared to phosphorylation on serine or threonine residues, the past two decades of research into PTP function have led to a great appreciation of the critical role PTPs have in regulating basic cellular processes. Among these important roles is the regulation of cellular signaling pathways related to metabolism. This volume contains chapters which highlight many aspects of PTP function in the context of metabolism. Given the growing obesity and diabetes epidemics in the United States and throughout the world, the desire to identify possible therapeutic targets for treatment of these diseases is a high priority. In many ways, PTPs may be attractive drug targets since they are amenable to targeting with small molecules; however many challenges abound in making PTP inhibitors. | <p>Covers the identification of new phosphatases that are involved in metabolic control </p><p>Includes a review of tissue-specific effects of protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B </p><p>Book is timely given the growing epidemic of metabolic syndrome, obesity and diabetes</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38136-2 | Life Sciences | Bendix | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Ecosystem Services, Biodiversity and Environmental Change in a Tropical Mountain Ecosystem of South Ecuador |  | Ecological Studies | 221 | 1 | 2013 | 440 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 440 p. 110 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL1904X | Ecosystems | PSAF | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Study Area.- Environmental Changes Affecting the Andes of Ecuador.- The Challenges of Sustainable Development in the Podocarpus-El Cóndor Biosphere Reserve.- The Concept of Ecosystem Services and its Application in the Research Unit RU 816.- Landscape History, Vegetation History and Past Human Impacts.- Past Dynamics of Speciation in Andean.- Mountain Rainforests.- Diversity in Soil Fungi and Invertebrates.- Plant Diversity and its Relevance for the Provision of Ecosystem Services.- Supporting, Regulating and Provisioning Hydrological Services.- The Carbon Balance of Tropical Mountain Forests Along an Altitudinal Transect.- Current Regulating and Supporting Services: Nutrient Cycles.- Natural Landslides which Impact Current Regulating Services: Environmental Preconditions and Modelling.- Conservation, Management of Natural Forests and Reforestation of Pastures to Retain and Restore Current Provisioning Services.- Mycorrhiza Networks Promote Biodiversity and Stabilize the Tropical Mountain Rain Forest Ecosystem – Perspectives for Understanding Complex Communities.- Current Provisioning Services: Pasture Development and Use, [NAME] ([NAME]) and Management.- Current Provisioning Ecosystem Services for the Local Population: Landscape Transformation, Land Use, and Plant Use.- Sustainable Agriculture and Conservation Payments are Key Factors in Mitigating Tropical Forest Loss.- Climate Change Effects on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Functioning.- Global Climate Change Impacts on Local Climate and Hydrology.- Impacts of Local Land-Use Change on Climate and Hydrology.- Current and Future Variations of Nutrient Depositions and Influences on Tree Growth.- Nutrient Additions Affecting Matter Turnover in Forest and Pasture Ecosystems.- Effects of Nutrient Addition on the Productivity of Montane Forests and Implications for the Carbon Cycle.- Climate Change and its Impact on Current and Future Vegetation Dynamics and [NAME] Cycling.- Sustainable Use of Tropical Forests: A Plea for a Landscape View.- Future Provisioning Services: Repasturisation of Abandoned Pastures, Problems and Pasture Management.- Towards a Sustainable Land Use Portfolio.- Knowledge Transfer for Conservation and Sustainable Management of Natural Resources – a Case Study from Southern Ecuador.- The Role of Biodiversity Research for the Local Scientific Community. | An interdisciplinary research unit consisting of 30 teams in the natural, economic and social sciences analyzed biodiversity and ecosystem services of a mountain rainforest ecosystem in the hotspot of the tropical Andes, with special reference to past, current and future environmental changes. The group assessed ecosystem services using data from ecological field and scenario-driven model experiments, and with the help of comparative field surveys of the natural forest and its anthropogenic replacement system for agriculture. The book offers insights into the impacts of environmental change on various service categories mentioned in the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (2005): cultural, regulating, supporting and provisioning ecosystem services. Examples focus on biodiversity of plants and animals including trophic networks, and abiotic/biotic parameters such as soils, regional climate, water, nutrient and sediment cycles. The types of threats considered include land use and climate changes, as well as atmospheric fertilization. In terms of regulating and provisioning services, the emphasis is primarily on water regulation and supply as well as climate regulation and carbon sequestration. With regard to provisioning services, the synthesis of the book provides science-based recommendations for a sustainable land use portfolio including several options such as forestry, pasture management and the practices of indigenous peoples. In closing, the authors show how they integrated the local society by pursuing capacity building in compliance with the CBD-ABS (Convention on Biological Diversity - Access and Benefit Sharing), in the form of education and knowledge transfer for application. | <p>Based on 15 years of comprehensive interdisciplinary research</p><p>Examines the effects of different land use measures on ecosystem services</p><p>Offers a sustainable land use portfolio with model character for similar regions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38820-0 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Plant Litter | Decomposition, [NAME], Carbon Sequestration |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 317 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 317 p. 92 illus. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | SCU21006 | Geoecology/Natural Processes | PSAF | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Decomposition as a process – some main features.- Decomposer organisms.- Initial litter chemical composition.- Changes in substrate composition during decomposition.- Chemical constituents as rate regulating: initial variation and changes during decomposition. New and traditional analytical techniques.- Climatic environment.- Decomposition of fine root and woody litter.- Models that describe litter decomposition.- Some possible influences on decomposition pattern, regression model, stable fraction and C sequestration.- Does humus accumulate and where? What factors may influence? Estimating carbon sequestration rates on a regional scale. | Since the publication of the 2nd edition, there have been substantial developments in the field of litter decomposition. This fully revised and updated 3rd edition of Plant Litter reflects and discusses new findings and re-evaluates earlier ones in light of recent research and with regard to current areas of investigation.  The availability of several long-term studies allows a more in-depth approach to decomposition patterns and to the later stages of decomposition, as well as to humus formation and accumulation. The latest information focuses on three fields: - the effects of manganese on decomposition and possibly on carbon sequestration, - new findings on decomposition dynamics, and- the new analytical technique using 13C-NMR. | <p>Third edition, fully revised and updated with much new material</p><p>New information emphasizes on three fields: the effects of manganese on decomposition and possibly on carbon sequestration, new results on decomposition dynamics, and the new analytical technique using <sup>13</sup>C-NMR</p><p>In-depth approach to the results of long-term studies </p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-15517-8 | Life Sciences | Bresinsky | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Sonnewald | Strasburger's Plant Sciences | Including Prokaryotes and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1100 | Hard cover | Book | 1100 p. | 1 | final | 499 | 533.93 | 548.9 | 449.5 | 715.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-15 00:00:00 |  |  | (I) Molecular and morphological structure of plants and cells.- (II) Physiology and metabolism.- (III) Evolution and systematics of plants.- (IV) Ecology. | This famous book on botany was published for the first time in 1894 by [NAME] and his co-workers. The present edition is based on a translation of the 36th edition of the German 'Strasburger' and contains additional contributions by renowned experts in the field.  The “Strasburger” comprises a highly appealing and holistic approach to the structure, the systematics and evolution, the functioning, and ecology of plants. The book covers 14 chapters bundled into four main sections:  (i) Molecular and morphological structure of plants and cells (ii) Physiology and metabolism (iii) Evolution and systematics of plants (iv) Ecology | <P>The only work covering the COMPLETE plant sciences</P> <P>A source of knowledge for more than 115 years</P> <P>Exclusive contributions on topical research developments by international experts</P> <P>Four color layout</P> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-15519-2 | Life Sciences | Bresinsky | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Sonnewald | Strasburger's Plant Sciences | Including Prokaryotes and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1100 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 1100 p. Print + eReference. | 1 | final | 624 | 667.68 | 686.4 | 562 | 895 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | (I) Molecular and morphological structure of plants and cells.- (II) Physiology and metabolism.- (III) Evolution and systematics of plants.- (IV) Ecology. | This famous book on botany was published for the first time in 1894 by [NAME] and his co-workers. The present edition is based on a translation of the 36th edition of the German 'Strasburger' and contains additional contributions by renowned experts in the field.  The “Strasburger” comprises a highly appealing and holistic approach to the structure, the systematics and evolution, the functioning, and ecology of plants. The book covers 14 chapters bundled into four main sections:  (i) Molecular and morphological structure of plants and cells (ii) Physiology and metabolism (iii) Evolution and systematics of plants (iv) Ecology | <P>The only work covering the COMPLETE plant sciences</P> <P>A source of knowledge for more than 115 years</P> <P>Exclusive contributions on topical research developments by international experts</P> <P>Four color layout</P> | Students | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-15518-5 | Life Sciences | Bresinsky | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Uwe Sonnewald | Strasburger's Plant Sciences | Including Prokaryotes and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1100 |  | eReference work | 1100 p. eReference. | 1 | final | 499 | 593.81 | 598.8 | 449.5 | 752 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | (I) Molecular and morphological structure of plants and cells.- (II) Physiology and metabolism.- (III) Evolution and systematics of plants.- (IV) Ecology. | This famous book on botany was published for the first time in 1894 by [NAME] and his co-workers. The present edition is based on a translation of the 36th edition of the German 'Strasburger' and contains additional contributions by renowned experts in the field.  The “Strasburger” comprises a highly appealing and holistic approach to the structure, the systematics and evolution, the functioning, and ecology of plants. The book covers 14 chapters bundled into four main sections:  (i) Molecular and morphological structure of plants and cells (ii) Physiology and metabolism (iii) Evolution and systematics of plants (iv) Ecology | <P>The only work covering the COMPLETE plant sciences</P> <P>A source of knowledge for more than 115 years</P> <P>Exclusive contributions on topical research developments by international experts</P> <P>Four color layout</P> | Students | E-book | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7180-6 | Life Sciences | Brinkworth | [NAME]; [NAME] | Primates, [NAME], and Evolution |  | Developments in Primatology: Progress and Prospects | 38 | 1 | 2013 | 570 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 570 p. 31 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | SCX12000 | Anthropology | JHM | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Acknowledgements.- 1. Primates, pathogens and evolution.- Section I Immunity and Primate Evolution.- 2. Vertebrate Immune system evolution and comparative primate immunity.- 3. Genetic variation in the immune system of Old World monkeys: functional and selective effects.- 4. Toll-like receptor function and evolution in primates.- 5. Impact of natural selection due to malarial disease on human genetic variation.- 6. Parasitic lice help to fill in the gaps of early hominid history.- Section II Emergence and Divergent Disease Manifestation.- 7. Treponema pallidum infection in Primates: Clinical Manifestations, Epidemiology, and Evolution of a Stealthy Pathogen.- 8. Molecular mimicry by -2 herpesviruses to modulate host cell signaling pathways.- 9. Neotropical primates and their susceptibility to Toxoplasma gondii: new insights for an old problem.- 10. The Evolution of SIV in primates and the emergence of the pathogen of AIDS.- Section III Primates, [NAME] and Health.- 11. Microbial exposures and other early childhood influences on the subsequent function of the immune system.- 12. Make new friends and keep the old? Parasite coinfection and comorbidity in Homo sapiens. | The immune systems of  human and non-human primates have diverged over time, such that some species differ considerably in their susceptibility, symptoms, and survival of particular infectious diseases. Variation in primate immunity is such that major human pathogens - such as immunodeficiency viruses, herpesviruses and malaria-inducing species of Plasmodium - elicit striking differences in immune response between closely related species and within primate populations. These differences in immunity are the outcome of complex evolutionary processes that include interactions between the host, its pathogens and symbiont/commensal organisms. The success of some pathogens in establishing persistent infections in humans and other primates has been determined not just by the molecular evolution of the pathogen and its interactions with the host, but also by the evolution of primate behavior and ecology, microflora, immune factors and the evolution of other biological systems.To explore how interactions between primates and their pathogens has shaped their mutual molecular evolution, Primates, Pathogens and Evolution brings together research that explores comparative primate immune function, the emergence of major and neglected primate diseases, primate-microorganism molecular interactions, and related topics. This book will be of interest to anyone curious as to why infectious diseases manifest differently in humans and their closest relatives. It will be of particular interest to scholars specializing in human and non-human primate evolution, epidemiology and immunology, and disease ecology. Primates, Pathogens and Evolution offers an overview and discussion of current findings on differences in the molecular mechanics of primate immune response, as well as on pathogen-mediated primate evolution and human and non-human primate health. | <p>Integrates research from a broad range of fields on primate-pathogen molecular interactions, primate immune function, and primate-pathogen co-evolution </p><p>Provides a sound base of knowledge for future investigation of human and non-human primate evolution, immunity, and disease </p><p>Allows the specialist and educated lay-reader to understand and critically evaluate current data on differences in the molecular mechanics of primate immune response, pathogen-mediated primate evolution, and primate health</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-7091-0884-0 | Life Sciences | Brix | [NAME]; [NAME] | Proteases: Structure and Function |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 600 p. | 0 | approx. | 169.95 | 181.85 | 186.94 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14070 | Enzymology | PSBZ | SCL14050 | Protein Structure | PSBC | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Protease families, evolution and mechanisms of action 'Set the stage'.- 1.1 Enzyme families, prototypes and catalytic mechanisms.-  1.2 Enzyme kinetics, mathematical modelling and perspectives.-  1.3 Structure determination and search for inhibitors.- 2 Regulation of proteolysis 'Positioning and teaming-up to control activity'.- 2.1 Compartmentalization of proteolysis.- 2.2 Biosynthesis of lysosomal proteases.- 2.3 Interactions of proteases and inhibitors / networking in the degradome.- 2.4 In vivo analysis of the protease and inhibitors concert.- 3 Proteases in development 'Born to be right'.- 3.1 Proteases for pattern formation during morphogenesis.- 3.2 Proteases in death pathways (apoptosis, necrosis).- 4 Proteases in physiology and pathophysiology „Cleave to function in health or to cause disease'.- 4.1 Protein turnover and signaling functions (degrade to rebuild, remodel, process and mature for signalling).- 4.2 Proteases in control of physiology.- 4.3 Cancer: invasion and metastasis.- 4.4 Bacterial proteases.- 4.5 Viral proteases. | Proteolysis is an irreversible posttranslational modification affecting each and every protein from its biosynthesis to its degradation. Limited proteolysis regulates targeting and activity throughout the lifetime of proteins. Balancing proteolysis is therefore crucial for physiological homeostasis. Control mechanisms include proteolytic maturation of zymogens resulting in active proteases and the shut down of proteolysis by counteracting endogenous protease inhibitors. Beyond the protein level, proteolytic enzymes are involved in key decisions during development that determine life and death – from single cells to adult individuals. In particular, we are becoming aware of the subtle role that proteases play in signaling events within proteolysis networks, in which the enzymes act synergistically and form alliances in a web-like fashion. Proteases come in different flavors. At least five families of mechanistically distinct enzymes and even more inhibitor families are known to date, many family members are still to be studied in detail. We have learned a lot about the diversity of the about 600 proteases in the human genome and begin to understand their physiological roles in the degradome. However, there are still many open questions regarding their actions in pathophysiology. It is in this area where the development of small molecule inhibitors as therapeutic agents is extremely promising. Approaching proteolysis as the most important, irreversible post-translational protein modification essentially requires an integrated effort of complementary research disciplines. In fact, proteolytic enzymes seem as diverse as the scientists working with these intriguing proteins. This book reflects the efforts of many in this exciting field of research where team and network formations are essential to move ahead. | <p>Written by designated experts in the field defined models are described</p><p>Ensures a better understanding of biological significance of proteinases</p><p>Clearly shows the diversity and networking of enzymes</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-2009-1 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | A Colour Atlas of Salmonid Diseases |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 180 p. 393 illus., 392 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL25080 | Fish & Wildlife Biology & Management | RNKH | [NAME] | Animal Anatomy / Morphology / Histology | PSV | Life Sciences | Professional book | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Functional Anatomy.- Chapter 3. Post-mortem examination and the recognition of tissue abnormalities.- Chapter 4. Pathology and disease diagnosis.- Chapter 5. Viral diseases.- Chapter 6. Bacterial diseases.- Chapter 7. [NAME] and related oomycete infection.- Chapter 8. Protist.- Chapter 9. Metazoa.- Chapter 10. Production diseases and other disorders.- Chapter 11. Idiopathic diseases.- Chapter 12. Neoplasia. | Salmonids have widespread economic and environmental importance. Correct identification and understanding of their diseases are therefore vital if valuable stocks are to be maintained. This volume provides a practical guide and an aid to disease recognition. This is an updated and extended version of the first publication in 1996 and contains around 400 high quality colour photomicrographs. | <p>Updated and extended version of the original publication</p><p>Contains around 400 high quality colour photomicrographs </p><p>Must have for fish biologists, fish farmers and veterinarians</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-37234-6 | Life Sciences | Crivellaro | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Takis Tsintides; [NAME] | Atlas of Wood, [NAME] and Pith Anatomy of Eastern Mediterranean Trees and Shrubs | with a Special Focus on Cyprus |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 583 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 583 p. 2803 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24051 | Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography | PST | [NAME] | Plant Anatomy/Development | PST | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Materials and Methods.- Definition of Anatomical Features.- Identification Keys.- Anatomical Description of Species.- List of Species and Families.- References. | This atlas presents anatomical descriptions of the xylem, bark and pith of 264 species belonging to 71 families. It highlights the anatomical diversity of trees, shrubs, dwarf shrubs, woody [NAME] and several of the prominent perennial herbs from the Eastern Mediterranean region, with a focus on the island of Cyprus. The island’s topography and biogeographic history combine to provide a wide range of habitats and diverse flora including widespread, endemic, and ornamental species.The monograph for each species includes a description of the anatomical structures of the stem and twig xylem and the twig’s bark and pith, as well as color micrographs of double-stained sections of each of these plant parts.  These entries are accompanied by a photograph and a brief description of the plant including stem wood density, height, habit, flower, leaf and fruit characteristics, and a map showing its geographic and altitudinal distribution in the region. Xylem descriptions follow the IAWA lists of microscopic features for hardwood and softwood identification. For bark and pith descriptions, a new coding system developed by the authors is applied. Lastly, the work offers a key for wood identification that was developed to differentiate between groups of species by using a small number of features that are unambiguous and clearly visible. The atlas will be a valuable guide for botanists, ecologists, foresters, archeologists, horticulturists and paleobotanists. | <p>A manual for the identification of stem material under the microscope for all woody plants commonly found in the Eastern Mediterranean region</p><p>Includes twig and stem wood anatomy</p><p>Presents excellently prepared and stained sections</p><p>More than 2,000 color illustrations </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39425-6 | Life Sciences | Duchêne | Anne-Marie Duchêne | Translation in Mitochondria and Other Organelles |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 321 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 321 p. 44 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14040 | Protein Science | PSBC | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Structural aspects of mitochondrial ribosome function.- Mechanism and control of protein synthesis in mammalian mitochondria.- Translation in mammalian mitochondria : Order and disorder linked to tRNA and Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases.- Mitochondrial targeting of RNA and mitochondrial translation in yeast and mammalians.- Mechanisms and control of protein synthesis in yeast mitochondria.- Mitochondrial translation in trypanosomatids.- Translation in mitochondria and apicoplasts in Apicomplexa.- Translation in mitochondria in green alga and higher plants.- Translation in flowering plant chloroplasts.- The chloroplasts as platform for recombinant proteins production. | The present book gives an overview on the similarities and differences of the various translation systems. Moreover, it highlights the mechanisms and control of translation in mitochondria and other organelles such as chloroplasts, plastids and apicoplasts in different organisms. Lastly, it offers an outlook on future developments and applications that might be made possible by a better understanding of translation in mitochondria and other organelles. | <p>Gives an overview on the different translation machineries​ in the cell </p><p>Specifies mechanisms and control of translation in mitochondria and other organelles   </p><p>Written by international experts in the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7087-4 | Life Sciences | Elmqvist | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Burak Güneralp; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Marte Sendstad; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Urbanization, Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services: Challenges and Opportunities | A Global Assessment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 386 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 386 p. | 0 | approx. | 49.95 | 53.45 | 54.95 | 44.99 | 66.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19160 | Urban Ecology | PSAF | SCK18006 | Urbanism | RPC | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. A global outlook on urbanization; [NAME] et al.- 2. History of urbanization and the missing ecology; [NAME] et al.- 3. Urbanization and global trends in biodiversity and ecosystem services; [NAME]. 4. Regional assessment of Asia with special focus on China, India, and Indonesia.- 5. Patterns and trends in urban biodiversity and design; [NAME] et [NAME]. 6. Urban ecosystem services; [NAME] et al.- 7. Shrinking cities, biodiversity and ecosystem services; [NAME] Haase.- 8. Regional assessments of Europe, North America, and Oceania.- 9. Projections of global urbanization; [NAME] et al.- 10. Urbanization forecasts, effects on land use, biodiversity, and ecosystem services; Burak Güneralp et al.- 11. Regional assessment of Africa.- 12. Climate change and urban vulnerability; [NAME] and [NAME] Marcotullio.- 13. Feeding cities: food security and ecosystem support in an urbanizing world; [NAME] et al.- 14. Urban governance of biodiversity and ecosystem services; [NAME] et al.- 15. Regional assessment of Latin America.- 16. Urban landscapes as learning arenas for  biodiversity and ecosystem services management; [NAME] et al.- 17. Restoration ecology in an urbanizing world; [NAME] Handel.- 18. Indicators for management of urban biodiversity and ecosystem services: Cities’ Biodiversity Index; [NAME] et al.- 19. Stewardship of the Biosphere in the Urban Era; [NAME] et al.- | Urbanization is a global phenomenon and the book emphasizes that this is not just a social-technological process. It is also a social-ecological process where cities are places for nature, and where cities also are dependent on, and have impacts on, the biosphere at different scales from local to global. The book is a global assessment and delivers four main conclusions:<ol>Urban areas are expanding faster than urban populations. Half the increase in urban land across the world over the next 20 years will occur in Asia, with the most extensive change expected to take place in India and China Urban areas modify their local and regional climate through the urban heat island effect and by altering precipitation patterns, which together will have significant impacts on net primary production, ecosystem health, and biodiversityUrban expansion will heavily draw on natural resources, including water, on a global scale, and will often consume prime agricultural land, with knock-on effects on biodiversity and ecosystem services elsewhereFuture urban expansion will often occur in areas where the capacity for formal governance is restricted, which will constrain the protection of biodiversity and management of ecosystem services</ol> | <p>The world’s first global assessment of the effects of urbanization on biodiversity and ecosystem services</p><p>Presents the latest state-of-the-art of urbanization, and identifies crucial knowledge gaps that need to be bridged</p><p>Develops a new theoretical framework for urban sustainability and resilience</p><p>The book’s nineteen chapters include global, regional and local perspectives and can be read together or as stand-alone texts</p><p>Of relevance for researchers as well as policy makers and urban planners</p><p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-37860-7 | Life Sciences | Faraco | [NAME] | Lignocellulose Conversion | Enzymatic and [NAME] for Bioethanol Production |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 199 | Hard cover | Book | X, 199 p. 8 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14070 | Enzymology | PSBZ | SCL23004 | Microbiology | PSG | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Potential of Cellulosic Ethanol.- Sources for Lignocellulosic Raw Materials for the Production of Ethanol.- The Pretreatment Step in Lignocellulosic Biomass Conversion: Current Systems and New Biological Systems.- The Saccharification Step: Trichoderma Reesei Cellulase [NAME] Strains.- The Saccharification Step: the Main Enzymatic Components.- Extremophilic (Hemi)cellulolytic Microorganisms and Enzymes.- The Alcohol Fermentation Step: the Most Common Ethanologenic Microorganisms Among Yeasts, Bacteria and Filamentous Fungi.- Other Ethanologenic Microorganisms.- Consolidated Bioprocessing for Improving Cellulosic Ethanol Production. | [NAME] has been recognized as a potential alternative to petroleum-derived transportation fuels. Even if cellulosic biomass is less expensive than corn and sugarcane, the higher costs for its conversion make the near-term price of cellulosic ethanol higher than that of corn ethanol and even more than that of sugarcane ethanol. Conventional process for bioethanol production from lignocellulose includes a chemical/physical pre-treatment of lignocellulose for lignin removal, mostly based on auto hydrolysis and acid hydrolysis, followed by saccharification of the free accessible cellulose portions of the biomass. The highest yields of fermentable sugars from cellulose portion are achieved by means of enzymatic hydrolysis, currently carried out using a mix of cellulases from the fungus Trichoderma reesei. Reduction of (hemi)cellulases production costs is strongly required to increase competitiveness of second generation bioethanol production. The final step is the fermentation of sugars obtained from saccharification, typically performed by the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. The current process is optimized for 6-carbon sugars fermentation, since most of yeasts cannot ferment 5-carbon sugars. Thus, research is aimed at exploring new engineered yeasts abilities to co-ferment 5- and 6-carbon sugars. Among the main routes to advance cellulosic ethanol, consolidate bio-processing, namely direct conversion of biomass into ethanol by a genetically modified microbes, holds tremendous potential to reduce ethanol production costs.   Finally, the use of all the components of lignocellulose to produce a large spectra of biobased products is another challenge for further improving competitiveness of second generation bioethanol production, developing a biorefinery. | <p>Highlights the latest enzymatic and microbial tools for lignocellulose conversion </p><p>Describes the route towards second generation bioethanol production </p><p>All authors are eminent scientists well known for their work and expertise in the field​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7075-1 | Life Sciences | Fenning | Trevor Fenning | Challenges and Opportunities for the World's Forests in the 21st Century |  | Forestry Sciences | 81 | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 600 p. 120 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Introduction.- PART 1. Sustainable Forestry & Conservation Objectives.- 1. A Burning Issue: Tropical Forests and the Health of Global Ecosystems.- 2. Transforming plantation forests to meet multifunctional objectives: lessons from British and Chinese experience.- 3. Forests for all? Considering the conservation implications of human-species interactions in the context of multifunctional forestry.- 4. Human engagement with forest environments – implications for physical and mental health and wellbeing.- 5. Sustainable Forest Management in China: Achievements in the Past and Challenges Ahead.- 6. The Value of Forest: An Ecological Economic Examination of People’s Perspective.- PART 2. Forest Resources Worldwide.- 7. Global trends and outlook for forest resources.- 8. Save the Forests : Use more wood.- PART 3. Forests, Forestry and Climate Change.- 9. Forests in the global carbon cycle.- 10. Forests, Forestry and Climate Change.- 11. Insect invasions and climate change in forest ecosystems.- PART 4. The Economics of Forestry.- 12. How cost-effective is forestry for climate change mitigation?.- 13. Additionality of climate change mitigation activities.- 14. Different Economic Approaches to Forest Management.- PART 5. Tree Breeding & Commercial Forestry.- 15. A Roadmap to Eucalyptus Breeding for Clonal Forestry.- 16. Conifer Somatic Embryogenesis and Multi-varietal Forestry.- 17. Modern Advances in Tree Breeding.- 18. A reality check in population management.- 19. Seed orchards and aspects on supporting tree breeding.- PART 6. Biotechnological approaches.- 20. Biosafety considerations in the context of deployment of GM trees.- 21. Scientific research related to genetically modified trees.- 22. Forest Biotechnology Futures.- 23. Research and Application of Transgenic Poplar in China.- PART 7. Genomic studies with forest trees.- 24. Genome resequencing in Populus: Revealing large-scale genome variation and implications on specialized-trait genomics.- 25. Comparative and evolutionary genomics of forest trees.- PART 8. Bio-energy, lignin and [NAME]. Willows as a potential source of renewable fuels and diverse products.- 27. Woodfuel production in the UK - unlocking the existing resource and growing for the future.- 28. Bioenergy opportunities from forests in New Zealand.- 29. Creating the wood supply of the future.- PART 9. [NAME], including ecological studies.- 30. Planning for the future: Community genetics applications for forest biodiversity and policy.- 31. The long reach of biogenic emissions in the atmosphere.- 32. Ecological aspects of host-insect interactions on the example of Quercus robur and [NAME]. Forests have survived climate changes and epidemics in the past.  Will they continue to adapt and survive? At what cost?.- 34. Horse chestnut bleeding canker – a 21st Century tree pathogen.- 35. The use of small footprint airborne LiDAR for the estimation of individual tree parameters in [NAME] spruce stands. | This book addresses the challenges and opportunities faced by the world’s forests posed by climate change, conservation objectives, and sustainable development needs including bioenergy, outlining the research and other efforts that are needed to understand these issues, along with the options and difficulties for dealing with them. It contains sections on sustainable forestry & conservation; forest resources worldwide; forests, forestry and climate change; the economics of forestry; tree breeding & commercial forestry; biotechnological approaches; genomic studies with forest trees; bio-energy, lignin & wood; and forest science, including ecological studies. The chapters are contributed by prominent organisations or individuals with an established record of achievement in these areas, and present their ideas on these topics with the aim of providing a ready source of information and guidance on these topics for politicians, policy makers and scientists for many years to come. | <p>This book tackles the enormously important and complex issues facing the world’s forests today, posed by climate change, conservation objectives, sustainable development needs, and the growing demand for affordable energy, along with analyses of the difficulties and opportunities that these present</p><p>Contains contributions from a numerous internationally recognised experts in these fields</p><p>These articles are explicitly intended to be accessible to a wide range of users from diverse disciplines and backgrounds, who may need to gain a rapid understanding of the key issues and opportunities facing the world’s forests over the coming century, as well as for the rich contribution that forests themselves can make for dealing with these issues the world over</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-62703-501-9 | Life Sciences | Fuerst | [NAME] | Planctomycetes: Cell Structure, Origins and Biology |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 398 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 398 p. 68 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | SCL16040 | Cell Physiology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | History, Classification and Cultivation of the Planctomycetes.- Cell Compartmentalization and Endocytosis in Planctomycetes: Structure and Function in Complex Bacteria.- Structural Aspects of MC Proteins of PVC Superphylum Members.- Cell Biology of Anaerobic Ammonium Oxidizing Bacteria:Unique Prokaryotes with an Energy Conserving Intracellular Compartment.- Acidophilic Planctomycetes: Expanding the Horizons of New Planctomycete Diversity.- Towards the Development of Genetic Tools for Planctomycetes.- Genomics and Bioinformatics of the PVC Superphylum.- The Distribution and Evolution of C1 Transfer Enzymes and Evolution of the Planctomycetes.- Unusual Members of the PVC Superphylum: The Methanotrophic Verrucomicrobia Genus “Methylacidiphilum”.- Phyla Related to Planctomycetes: Members of Phylum Chlamydiae and their Implications for Planctomycetes Cell Biology.- Planctomycetes – their Evolutionary Implications for Models of the Origins of Eukaryotes and the Eukaryote Nucleus.- A Final Word - The Future of Planctomycetology  and Related Studies. | Planctomycetes, and their relatives within the PVC superphylum of domain [NAME],  including verrucomicrobia and chlamydia,  challenge our classical concept of the bacterium and its modes of life and provide new experimental models for exploring evolutionary cell biology and the full diversity of how living cells can be organized internally. Unique among [NAME] they include species possessing cells with intracellular membrane-bounded compartments and a peptidoglycan-less cell wall, and bacteria such as the anammox organisms performing unique anaerobic ammonium oxidation significant for global nitrogen cycle. The book introduces these fascinating and important bacteria and deals in detail with their unusual structure, physiology, genomics and evolutionary significance.  It is a definitive summary of our recent knowledge of this important distinctive group of bacteria, microorganisms which challenge our very concept of the bacterium. | <p>The first book on planctomycetes focused on their cell biology</p><p>Provides details on the significant ecology and  environmental significance of planctomycetes</p><p>Valuable for those in the field of planctomycetology and those entering for the first time</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-00580-5 | Life Sciences | Gang | [NAME] | 50 Years of Phytochemistry Research | Volume 43 | Recent Advances in Phytochemistry | 43 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 285 p. | 0 | approx. | 139.95 | 149.75 | 153.94 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19112 | Plant Ecology | PSTS | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Metabolomics Reveals Hemiterpenoids as New Players in the Carbon-Nitrogen Economy.- Electrospray ionization traveling wave ion mobility spectrometry mass spectrometry for the analysis of plant phenolics: An approach for separation of regioisomers.- Camptothecin production and biosynthesis in plant cell cultures.- Plant Defense Activators:  Application and Prospects in Cereal Crops.- Phytochemicals for Pest Management: Current Advances and Future Opportunities.- Sulfhydryl-reactive phytochemicals as dual activators of transcription factors [NAME] and HSF1.- Chemical and biological mechanisms of phytochemical activation of Nrf2 and importance in disease prevention.   ​ | This 43rd volume of RAP includes a total of seven articles based on talks presented at the 50th Anniversary meeting of the PSNA, which was held at the Fairmont Orchid, in Waikoloa, Hawai’i, USA. These seven Perspectives give a very good picture of the breadth of plant (bio)chemistry research in North America, which is also indicative of the state of the field worldwide. Each of these articles describes the integration of several different approaches to ask and then answer interesting questions regarding the function of interesting plant metabolites, either in the plant itself or in interactions with the environment (natural setting or human health application).    Two Perspectives outline very clearly the power of approaching biological questions from a modern, “omics” or systems biology approach. Beale and Ward outline how metabolomics approaches can be brought to bear on plant biosynthetic questions and quickly lead to important advances in our understanding or how plants produce important metabolites. Zandkarimi et al. outline the integration of ion mobility spectrometry into mass spectrometry-based metabolomics investigations and show clearly how powerful those two spectrometric technologies can be when used together. ​ | <p>Describes the integration of several different approaches to ask and then answer questions regarding the function of interesting plant metabolites</p><p>An authoritative, up-to-date resource that helps to set the gold standard for thought and research in fields related to plant biochemistry</p><p>Gives a very good picture of the breadth of plant (bio)chemistry research in North America, which is also indicative of the state of the field worldwide</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38468-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Heavy Metal Stress in Plants |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 240 p. 25 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Metalloproteins Involved in the Metabolism of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) and Heavy Metal Stress.- Metal Transporters in Plants.- Biochemistry of Metals/Metalloids to Words Remediation Process.- Roles of Phytochelatins in Heavy Metal Stress and Detoxification Mechanisms in Plants.- Detoxification and Tolerance of Heavy Metal in Tobacco Plants.- Heavy Metal Uptake and Tolerance of Charophytes.- Molecular Mechanisms Involved in Lead Uptake, Toxicity and Detoxification in Higher Plants.- Inter-Population Responses to Metal Pollution: Metal Tolerance in Wetland Plants.- Intraspecific Variation in Metal Tolerance of Plants.- Metallomics and Metabolomics of Plants Under Environmental Stress Caused by Metals.- Biogeochemical Cycling of Arsenic in Soil-Plant Continuum: Perspectives for Phytoremediation.- Evaluation of the Potential of Salt Marsh Plants for Metal Phytoremediation in Estuarine Environment. | Plants possess a range of potential cellular mechanisms that may be involved in the detoxification of heavy metals and thus tolerance to metal stress. Metal toxicity causes multiple direct and indirect effects in plants that concern practically all physiological functions. The main purpose of this book is to present comprehensive and concise information on recent advances in the field of metal transport and how genetic diversity affects heavy metal transport in plants. Other key futures of the book are related to metal toxicity and detoxification mechanisms, biochemical tools for HM remediation processes, molecular mechanisms for HM detoxification, how metallomics and metalloproteomics are affected by heavy metal stress in plants, and the role of ROS metabolism in the alleviation of heavy metals. Some chapters also focus on recent developments in the field of phytoremediation. Overall the book presents in-depth information and the most essential advances in the field of heavy metal toxicity in plants in recent years. | <p>Brings very depth knowledge in the field of heavy metal toxicity in plants in recent years</p><p>Presents comprehensive and concise information on recent advances in the field of metal transport and how genetic diversity affects heavy metal transport in plants</p><p>Written by international experts</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7794-5 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Surinder [NAME] | Biotechnology of Crucifers |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 241 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 241 p. 21 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The Importance, Origin, and [NAME]. Molecular Cytogenetics - Annaliese Mason.- 3. Distant Hybridization Involving Different In Vitro Techniques - [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and Weijun Zhou.- 4. Microspore Culture and Double Haploid Technology - Yoshihito Takahata, [NAME], and Ryo Tsuwamoto.- 5. Biotechnological Strategies for Enhancing Phytoremediation  - Bhawana Pathak, Razia [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Fulekar.- 6. Genome Analysis  - Graham King.- 7. Genetic Engineering of Lipid Biosynthesis in the Seeds - Stacy D. Singer, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. Metabolism and Detoxification of Phytoalexins from Crucifers and Application to the Control of Fungal Plant Pathogens - M. Soledade C. Pedras.- 9. Molecular Basis of Cytoplasmic Male Sterility- [NAME] and [NAME] Zhang.- 10. Self-Incompatibility - Hiroyasu Kitasiba and Takeshi Nishio.- 11. Hybrid Technology in Cruciferous Vegetables - Muhammad Awais Ghani, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. Genetic Modifications for Pest Resistance - Hongbo Liu, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. | Despite the recent advances made in the improvement of crucifer crops using conventional breeding techniques, the yield levels and the oil and meal quality could not be improved as expected. The understanding of genetic material (DNA/RNA) and its manipulation by scientists has provided the opportunity to improve crucifers by increasing its diversity beyond conventional genetic limitations. The application of the biotechnological techniques will have major impacts in two ways: first, it provides a number of techniques/methods for efficient selection for favorable variants and second, it gives an opportunity to utilize alien variation available in the crucifers by using the novel techniques of biotechnology to develop high yielding varieties with good nutritional quality, having resistance to insect, pest, and disease resistance. | <p>First reference on the recent developments in a new area of science and fills a void in publications on crucifers</p><p>Offers the most up-to-date and accurate information and will prove useful for students, researchers, and industrialists</p><p><i>Biotechnology of Crucifers</i> addresses the exciting advances in the field and looks to the future of genetic engineering and manipulation</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8174-4 | Life Sciences | Gursky-Doyen | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | High Altitude Primates |  | Developments in Primatology: Progress and Prospects | 44 | 1 | 2013 | 501 | Hard cover | Book | XXIII, 501 p. 61 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19150 | Conservation Biology/Ecology | RNK | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | High Altitude Prosimian Primates.- 1. Effects of Altitude on the Conservation Biogeography of Lemurs in South East Madagascar.- 2. Hibernation patterns of dwarf lemurs in the high altitude forests of eastern Madagascar.- 3. Altitudinal Distribution and Ranging Patterns of Pygmy Tarsiers (Tarsius pumilus).- High Altitude Monkeys.- 4. Biogeography and conservation of Andean primates in Peru.- 5. Population density and ecological traits of high land woolly monkeys at Cueva de los Guacharos National Park, Colombia.- 6. Seed Dispersal by Woolly Monkeys in Cueva de los Guacharos National Park (Colombia): An amazonian primate dispersing montane plants.- 7. Distribution and ecology of the most tropical of the high-elevation montane colobines: the ebony langur on Java.- 8. Snow tolerance of Japanese macaques inhabiting high-latitude mountainous forests of Japan.- 9. Seasonal and altitudinal migration of Japanese macaques in the Northern Japan Alps.- 10. Rhinopithecus bieti at Xiaochangdu, Tibet: Adaptations to a marginal environment.- 11. Nutritional implications of the high-elevation lifestyle of Rhinopithecus bieti.- 12. Variation in primate abundance along an elevational gradient in the Udzungwa.- 13. Deriving Conservation Status for a High Altitude Population:  [NAME] of Mgahinga Gorilla National Park, Uganda.- High Altitude Apes.- 14. High Altitude Diets: Implications for the Feeding and Nutritional Ecology of Mountain Gorillas.- 15. Preliminary data on the highland Sumatran orangutans ([NAME] abelii) of [NAME] Toru.- 16. Modern Human Biological Adaptations to High-Altitude Environments in the Andean Archaeological Record.-17. High Altitude Primates, Extreme Primates, and Anthropological Primatology (There is More to Human Evolution than Tool Use, Culture, or African Apes).                                                                                                                        ​ | The basic goal of the volume is to compile the most up to date research on how high altitude affects the behavior, ecology, evolution and conservation status of primates, especially in comparison to lowland populations.  Historically, the majority of primate studies have focused on lowland populations.  However, as the lowlands have been disappearing, more and more primatologists have begun studying populations located in higher altitudes.  High altitude populations are important not only because of their uniqueness, but also because they highlight the range of primate adaptability and the complex variables that are involved in primate evolution.  These populations are good examples of how geographic scales result in diversification and/or speciation. Yet, there have been very few papers addressing how this high altitude environment affects the behavior, ecology, and conservation status of these primates.   ​ | <p>Compiles the most up to date research on how high altitude affects the behavior, ecology, evolution and conservation status of primates</p><p>Compares low-altitude and high-altitude populations</p><p>Gives examples of how geographic scales result in diversification and/or speciation ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1541-7 | Life Sciences | Hakeem | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Plant signaling: Understanding the molecular cross-talk |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 318 p. 56 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Plant signaling: response to reactive oxygen species.- 2. SNARE proteins as signalling elements.- 3. Plant Rab GTPases in membrane trafficking and signaling.- 4.'PtdIns4P and PtdIns(4,5)P2 as signalling phosphoinositides involved  in tip growth '.- 5. Sugar signaling in plant growth and development.- 6. Nitrogen regulation and signalling in plants.- 7. 'Phosphorus deficiency in plants: responses, adaptive mechanisms and signaling'.- 8. Reactive oxygen species-associated mechanism of acclamatory stress tolerance, signaling and redox-regulated gene expression in plants.- 9. Cyclic nucleotide gated channels-Essential signalling components in plants for fertilization and immunity responses.- 10. Signaling in response to cold stress.- 11. Cell Signaling during Drought and [NAME] Stress.- 12. Heat signaling and stress responses in photosynthesis.- 13. Senescence: Regulation and Signaling.- 14. Molecular builders of cell walls of Lignocellulosic feedstock: a source for biofuels.- 15. Recent Trends in Jasmonate Signaling Pathway.- 16. Salicylic acid signaling.- 17. Ethylene signaling in plants- introspection.- 18. Plant, [NAME] fungi and bacterial network.- 19. Self-Incompatibility patterns and signal transduction.- 20. Plant Disease Resistance genes: From perception to signal transduction. | ​Plant signalling has emerged as an integrated field which has become indispensable in recent times to study any biological process. Over the last decade, an enormous amount of information has been generated in this field and the advances in information technology gave birth to bioinformatics which has helped greatly in managing the galaxy of information. It is now possible to view the different information’s in a systems biology approach which has unravelled the association/ new processes and thus helped us enormously in understanding of the biological processes. The present book is an attempt at understanding the plant signalling processes with different perspectives. Even though the plants are sessile but there exists a tremendous interconnected network of perception at morphological, physiological and molecular levels. The impact of the surrounding environment in terms of abiotic and biotic stresses is significant in terms of its survival, adaptation and productivity for the human welfare. The plants possess a wide array of processes at the organ, tissue and cellular levels which are governed by a plethora of molecules. The molecules govern individual processes and these exists a cross talk between them to form a complex network of processes. The book tries to envision how different processes are operating at different points in the life cycle of the plant. | <p>The present book helps in understanding the complex communication patterns in plants</p><p>The book explains in detail how plants respond and adapt to various biotic and abiotic stress factors</p><p>The book is essentially a comprehensive summary of the vast information provided by various experts from across the world</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6987-8 | Life Sciences | Hanson | [NAME]; [NAME] | Photosynthesis in Bryophytes and Early Land Plants |  | Advances in Photosynthesis and Respiration | 37 | 1 | 2014 | 322 | Hard cover | Book | XXXII, 322 p. 65 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | 223.63 | 229.9 | 188.5 | 278.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | SCL19112 | Plant Ecology | PSTS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Series Editors.- Preface.- The Editors.- Contributors.- Author Index.- 1. What Can We Learn From Bryophyte Photosynthesis?; [NAME], [NAME]. Early Terrestrialization:  Transition From Algal to [NAME]; [NAME] et al.- 3. Photosynthesis in Early Land Plants: Adapting to the Terrestrial Environment; [NAME], Dianne Edwards.- 4. The Diversification of Bryophytes and Vascular Plants in Evolving Terrestrial Environments; [NAME] 5. Best Practices for Measuring Photosynthesis at Multiple Scales; [NAME], [NAME] 6. Diffusion Limitation and CO2 Concentrating Mechanisms in Bryophytes; [NAME] et al.- 7. Sunsafe Bryophytes: Photoprotection from Excess and Damaging Solar Radiation; [NAME], [NAME]. Chloroplast Movement in Higher Plants, Ferns and Bryophytes: A Comparative Point of View; Martina Königer.- 9. Scaling Light Harvesting from Moss “Leaves” to Canopies; Ülo Niinemets, [NAME] Tobias.- 10. Structural and Functional Analysis of Bryophyte Canopies; [NAME] et al.- 11. Genetics and Genomics of Moss Models: Physiology Enters the 21st Century; [NAME], [NAME] 12. Photosynthesis in Aquatic Bryophytes; [NAME] 13. Physiological Ecology of Peatland Bryophytes; Tomáš Hájek.- 14. Interacting Controls on Ecosystem Photosynthesis and Respiration in Contrasting Peatland Ecosystems; [NAME] 15. Physiological Ecology of Tropical Bryophytes; [NAME] et al.- 16. Physiological Ecology of Dryland Biocrust Mosses; [NAME] et al.- 17. Dominating the Antarctic Environment: Bryophytes in a Time of Change; [NAME] et al.- 18. Opportunities in Bryophyte Photosynthesis Research; [NAME], [NAME] Index. | Bryophytes, which are important constituents of ecosystems globally and often dominate carbon and water dynamics at high latitudes and elevations, were also among the pioneers of terrestrial photosynthesis.  Consequently, in addition to their present day ecological value, modern representatives of these groups contain the legacy of adaptations that led to the greening of Earth.  This volume brings together experts on bryophyte photosynthesis whose research spans the genome and cell through whole plant and ecosystem function and combines that with historical perspectives on the role of algal, bryophyte and vascular plant ancestors on terrestrialization of the Earth.  The eighteen well-illustrated chapters reveal unique physiological approaches to achieving carbon balance and dealing with environmental limitations and stresses that present an alternative, yet successful strategy for land plants. | <p>Contributions from world-wide experts on bryophyte photosynthetic mechanisms, ecophysiology and terrestrialization processes create a single-source for students and research professionals alike </p><p>Fossil, biogeochemical, systematic and comparative physiological evidence brought together to understand the diversification and biogeochemical implications of the evolution and adaptation of photosynthetic organisms during the terrestrialization of the Earth </p><p>Ecophysiology chapters review critical aspects of bryophyte carbon and water balance as they relate to ecological function and global change</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-1817-7 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | USDA Forest Service Experimental Forests and Ranges | Research for the Long-Term |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | 350p. | 0 | approx. | 154.95 | 165.8 | 170.44 | 139.5 | 222 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | SCL22016 | Forestry Management | TVR | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-28 00:00:00 |  |  |  | USDA Forest Service Experimental Forests and Ranges (EFRs) are scientific treasures, providing secure, protected research sites where complex and diverse ecological processes are studied over the long term.  This book offers several examples of the dynamic interactions among questions of public concern or policy, EFR research, and natural resource management practices and policies.  Often, trends observed – or expected -- in the early years of a research program are contradicted or confounded as the research record extends over decades.  The EFRs are among the few areas in the US where such long-term research has been carried out by teams of scientists.  Changes in society’s needs and values can also redirect research programs. Each chapter of this book reflects the interplay between the ecological results that emerge from a long-term research project and the social forces that influence questions asked and resources invested in ecological research. While these stories include summaries and syntheses of traditional research results, they offer a distinctly new perspective, a larger and more complete picture than that provided by a more typical 5-year study.  They also provide examples of long-term research on EFRs that have provided answers for questions not even imagined at the time the study was installed. | <p>Offers several examples of the dynamic interactions among questions of public concern or policy, EFR research, and natural resource management practices and policies </p><p><p>This book examines research trajectories emerging from the body of work conducted on EFRs over their first century of service </p><p><p>Explores the continued promise of long-term research on EFRs and new ways of using the network of EFRs to answer today’s science questions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6759-1 | Life Sciences | Heege | [NAME] | Precision in Crop Farming | Site Specific Concepts and Sensing Methods: Applications and Results |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 347 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 347 p. 181 illus., 87 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 Heterogeneity in Fields: Basics of Analyses.- 3 Sensing by Electromagnetic Radiation.- 4 Precision in Guidance of Farm Machinery.- 5 Sensing of Natural Soil Properties.- 6 Sensing of Crop Properties.- 7 Site-Specific Soil Cultivation.- 8 Site-Specific Sowing.- 9 Site-Specific Fertilizing.- 10 Site-Specific Weed Control.- 11 Site-Specific Sensing for Fungicide Spraying.- 12 Site-Specific Recording of Yields.- 13 Fusions, Overlays and Management Zones.- 14 Summary and Perspectives.- Index. | High yields and environmental control in crop farming call for precise adaptations to local growing conditions. Treating large fields in a uniform way by high capacity machinery cannot be regarded as a sustainable method for many situations. Because differences existing within single fields must be considered. The transition from former field work carried out manually or by small implements to present-day high-capacity machinery caused that the farmers lost the immediate and close contact with soils and crops. However, modern sensing and controlling technology can make up for this deficit. High tech methods that include proximal sensing and signals from satellites can provide for controls that allow adjusting farming operations to small fractions of one ha and sometimes even down to some m2, hence in a site-specific mode. This applies to operations for soil cultivation, sowing, fertilizing and plant protection. This book deals with site-specific concepts, applications and results. | <p>Interdisciplinary approach that pervades all chapters</p><p>The concept to deal with complicated topics simply</p><p>178 illustrations, half in colour</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6912-0 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Endemism in Vascular Plants |  | Plant and Vegetation | 9 | 1 | 2013 | 344 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 344 p. 84 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19031 | Biodiversity | RNCB | [NAME] | Landscape Ecology | PSTS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. The Meaning of Endemism.- 1. The Increasing Importance of Endemism: Responsibility, the Media and Education.- 2. How to Quantify Endemism.- Part II. Endemic Vascular Plants over Time.- 3. Factors that Create and Increase Endemism.- 4. Factors that [NAME] and [NAME] Endemism.- Part III. Endemic Vascular Plants in Space .- 5. Biogeography of Endemic Vascular Plants – Overview.- 6. Endemism on Islands - Case Studies.- 7. Endemism in Mainland Regions - Case Studies.- Part IV. Endemism in Vascular Plants – Synthesis.- Appendix.- [NAME]. | The book is the first comprehensive analysis of the macroecology and geobotany of endemic vascular plants with case-studies and analyses from different regions in the world. Endemism is a pre-extinction phenomenon. Endemics are threatened with extinction. Due to international nature conservation policies and due to the perception of the public the concept’s importance is increasing. Endemism can result from different biological and environmental processes. Depending on the process conservation measures should be adapted. Endemic vascular plant taxa, in the setting of their species composition and vegetation types are important features of landscapes and indicators of the quality of relating habitats. The book is an important basis for biologists, ecologists, geographers, planners and managers of nature reserves and national parks, and people generally interested in nature conservation and biogeography of vascular plants. | <p>Increasing meaning of vascular plant endemism </p><p>How to measure and monitor endemism in space </p><p>Case studies from all over the world</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38145-4 | Life Sciences | Joel | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Parasitic Orobanchaceae | Parasitic Mechanisms and Control Strategies |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 514 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 514 p. 79 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: The parasitic syndrome in higher plants.- The haustorium and the life cycles of parasitic Orobanchaceae.- Functional structure of the mature haustorium.- Haustorium initiation and early development.- Haustorium invasion into host tissues.- The physiology of the established parasite-host association.- Host reaction to attack by root parasitic plants.- Seed production and dispersal in the Orobanchaceae.- The seed and the seedling.- Induction of germination.- Germination eco-physiology.- Are karrikin signalling mechanisms relevant to strigolactone perception?- Changing host specificities: by mutational changes or epigenetic reprogramming?- Phylogenetic relationships and evolutionary trends in Orobanchaceae.- Genomic evolution in Orobanchaceae.- Ecology of hemi-parasitic [NAME] with special reference to their interaction with plant communities.- [NAME] – The problem.- The parasitic weeds of the Orobanchaceae.- Population diversity and dynamics of parasitic weeds.- Molecular diagnosis of parasite seed [NAME]-assisted and physiology-based breeding for resistance to Orobanchaceae .- Integrated agronomic management of parasitic weed seed banks .- Chemical control.- Biotechnologies for directly generating crops resistant to parasites.- Allelopathy.- Biocontrol. | This book was written in response to significant recent advances in understanding the mechanisms of parasitism in the Orobanchaceae, and breakthroughs in the control of the parasitic weeds [NAME] and Orobanche. It consists of 26 contributions by internationally recognized leading scientists. The main book chapters are grouped into two parts:·       Part I – The Orobanchaceae and Their Parasitic Mechanisms·       Part II – The Weedy Orobanchaceae and Their ControlThe first part provides cutting-edge information on all key aspects of plant parasitism, such as the structure, development and function of the haustorium; nutrient transfer and the physiology of the parasite-host association; host reaction to parasitic plants; seed production and germination; the strigolactones and host-parasite signaling mechanisms; the parasite genome, phylogenetics, evolution and epigenetics; and ecology. Topics of the second part include: the problem posed by the weedy parasites; population diversity and dynamics; molecular diagnosis of seed banks; and detailed discussion of the various management strategies, including agronomic, chemical and biotechnological approaches, as well as host breeding for resistance, allelopathy and biological control.  This book is intended for plant scientists, university lecturers and students, agronomists and weed specialists, breeders and farmers, extension personnel and experts in tropical and subtropical agriculture. | <p>Summarizes the cutting edge knowledge of all key aspects of the field</p><p>Integrates field and laboratory observations</p><p>Presents a comprehensive analysis of available and future strategies for parasitic weed control</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38814-9 | Life Sciences | KJEMS | JORGEN KJEMS; [NAME]; [NAME] | Nucleic Acid Nanotechnology |  | Nucleic Acids and Molecular Biology | 29 | 1 | 2013 | 302 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 302 p. 119 illus., 112 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14011 | Nucleic Acid Chemistry | PSB | [NAME] | Nanochemistry | TBN | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Self-assembly of DNA bases via hydrogen bonding studied by Scanning tunneling [NAME] spectroscopy of DNA and RNA: structure and kinetics from single molecule experiments.-  The power of single molecule FRET microscopy applied to DNA nanotechnology.- DNA nanostructures: DNA Tiles.- DNA Origami.- DNA nanotechnology: From biology and beyond.- DNA Templated Synthesis.- Mechanical DNA devices.- Nano-encapsulation of Oligonucleotides for Therapeutic Use.-Cell-specific aptamers for nano-medical applications.- Nucleic acid sequencing and analysis with nanopores.- Application of Nanomaterials For DNA Sensing. | This volume on nucleic acid nanotechnology offers authoritative, up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of nanotechnological studies and applications of nucleic acids. It provides reviews of various aspects of nucleic acid nanotechnology, each written by an internationally leading expert in the field, and presents state-of-the-art and recent advances in nucleic acid synthetic modifications, nanoscale design, manipulation and current and future applications in bioengineering, medicine, electronics, genetic analysis, chemistry, molecular biology, surface and material sciences. It examines how nucleic acid research is merging with nanotechnology, allowing the nanoscale properties of nucleic acid to be exploited in performing challenging nanotechnological tasks, from nanorobotics and nanosensing to nucleic acid computing. This book will above all benefit anyone who is interested in nanotechnological concepts of nucleic acid design and applications, and offers a valuable resource for teaching these concepts. It is essential reading for a broad audience of scientists both in academia and industry who wish to expand their expertise on the potential of nucleic acid functions and applications. | <p>Provides up-to-date comprehensive coverage on nanotech studies of nucleic acids</p><p>Highlights future applications of nucleic acid nanotechnology</p><p>Written by leading experts in the field​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8390-8 | Life Sciences | Kellomaki | [NAME]; [NAME]; Antti Kilpeläinen | Forest BioEnergy Production | Management, Carbon sequestration and Adaptation |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 150 p. 99 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | SCL22016 | Forestry Management | TVR | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Introduction.- PART I: Forest Management for Bioenergy Production.- Chapter 2. Tree species, genetics and regeneration for bioenergy feedstock in northern Europe.- Chapter 3. Short-rotation forestry for supplying biomass for energy production.- Chapter 4. Integrated production of timber and energy biomass in forestry.- Chapter 5. Nutrient management for sustainable production of energy biomass in boreal forests.- Chapter 6. Fertilization in boreal and temperate forests and the potential for biomass production.- Chapter 7. Integration of management measures for bioenergy production from spatial and temporal perspectives in a forest region – the case of Finland.- PART II: Mitigation and [NAME] Sequestration.- Chapter 8. Effects of bioenergy production on carbon sequestration in forest ecosystems.- Chapter 9. [NAME] harvesting, bioenergy feedstock and sequestration of carbon in soil.- Chapter 10. Life cycle carbon assessment of bioenergy production.- Chapter 11. Time dynamics and radiative forcing of forest bioenergy systems.- PART III: Adaptation.- Chapter 12. Climate change and forest management: implications for energy biomass production in boreal forest ecosystems.- Chapter 13. Risk and uncertainty in adaptive forest management under climate change.- Chapter 14. Economic competitiveness of forest biomass energy.- PART IV: Future Direction/ Conclusions.- Chapter 15. Conclusions.- Annex. | For thousands of years, forest biomass or wood has been among the main energy sources of humans around the world. Since the industrial revolution, fossil fuels have replaced wood and become the dominant source of energy. The use of fossil fuels has the disadvantage of increasing atmospheric concentrations of greenhouse gases (GHGs), especially carbon dioxide (CO2), with the consequent warming of global climate and changes in precipitation. In this context, the substitution of fossil fuels with renewable energy sources like forest biomass is among the ways to mitigate climate change. This book summarizes recent experiences on how to manage forest land to produce woody biomass for energy use and what are the potentials to mitigate climate change by substituting fossil fuels in energy production. In this context, the book addresses how management can affect the supply of energy biomass using short-rotation forestry and the conventional forestry applying long rotations. Furthermore, the book outlines the close interaction between the ecological systems and industrial systems, which controls the carbon cycle between the atmosphere and biosphere. In this context, sustainable forest management is a key to understand and control indirect carbon emissions due to the utilization of forest biomass (e.g. from management, harvesting and logistics, and ecosystem processes), which are often omitted in assessing the carbon neutrality of energy systems based on forest biomass. The focus in this book is on forests and forestry in the boreal and temperate zones, particularly in Northern Europe, where the woody biomass is widely used in the energy industry for producing energy. | <p>Addresses how management can affect the supply of energy biomass using short-rotation forestry and the conventional forestry applying long rotations</p><p>Summarizes recent experiences on how to manage forest land to produce woody biomass for energy use and what are the potentials to mitigate climate change by substituting fossil fuels in energy production</p><p>Outlines the close interaction between the ecological systems and industrial systems, which controls the carbon cycle between the atmosphere and biosphere</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-36820-2 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Agricultural Applications |  | The Mycota | 11 | 2 | 2013 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | X, 340 p. 49 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCC12010 | Applied Microbiology | PSG | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Genetics and Genomics of the Cultivated Mushrooms, Application to Breeding of Agarics.- Fungal Spoilage of Crops and Food.- Genetics, Biosynthesis and Regulation of Aflatoxins and other Aspergillus flavus Secondary Metabolites.- [NAME] of Agricultural Importance.-Organopollutant Degradation by Wood Decay Basidiomycetes.- Biological Control of Weeds with Fungi.- Disease Management of Phoma Infections.- Biology, Diversity and Management of FHB-Causing Fusarium Species in Small-Grain Cereals.- Ecological and Economical Importance of Parasitic Zoosporic True Fungi.- New Insights into Ectomycorrhizal Symbiosis Evolution and Function.- Ectomycorrhiza-Specific Gene Expression.- Rust Fungi: Achievements and Future Challenges on Genomics and Host-Parasite Interactions.- The Biotrophy – Necrotrophy Switch in Fungal Pathogenesis.- Pectin as a Barrier and Nutrient Source for Fungal Plant Pathogens. | This volume covers the high relevance of fungi for agriculture. It is a completely updated and revised second edition with fourteen excellent chapters by leading scientists in their fields and offers a comprehensive review of the latest achievements and developments. Topics include: Food and fodder; fungal secondary metabolites and detoxification; biology, disease control and management; symbiontic fungi and mycorrhiza; and phytopathogenicity. | <p>A completely updated and revised new edition</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p><p>Richly illustrated</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38462-2 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) of Korea | Protection, Conservation and Restoration of a Unique Ecosystem |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 516 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 516 p. 846 illus., 774 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Landscape Ecology | PSTS | SCL19031 | Biodiversity | RNCB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | History and Evolution of the DMZ Ecosystem.- Landscape Ecology of the DMZ.- Status and Ecological Resource Value of DMZ.- Habitats in the DMZ Area.- Species in the DMZ Area.- Biodiversity.- Wetland-Type Classification.- Biological Integrity-Assessing the Health of Wetland Ecosystems.- Threatening Factors in the DMZ.- Conservation and Management Strategies. | Untouched since 1953, the Korean DMZ (Demilitarized Zone) has transformed itself into one of the few ecologically pristine zones and a vital habitat for endangered species. Often cited as a potential 'peace park', it could one day be a common ground for reconciliation and harmony. A wealth of data and information has been produced over time, documenting significant aspects of the DMZ and its implications for human and ecological security, both in Korea and worldwide. However, there is no single book in English that brings together the findings on the mechanism of evolution, the ecology and biodiversity of the DMZ. 'The DMZ of Korea', by [NAME], is the first step in this direction. It seeks to link scientific information and policy making for the future DMZ ecosystem management, taking into account the fact that the area has become, over the years, a natural treasure as a habitat for rare birds and other wildlife and a fertile environment for a thriving plant community. It also provides a framework for ensuring the long-term sustainability of the DMZ. The book holistically describes the current environmental status of the DMZ, and identifies bioregions, resources, habitats, and species. By outlining the current scientific data and information needed to classify the different wetland types, assess the biological integrity, understand the threat factors, and to suggest conservation and management strategies, the book provides a 'one stop shop' scientific and policy source of information, which will undoubtedly be of great interest to students, researchers, practitioners, and policy decision-makers, in the areas of planning, natural resource management, public management, ecology, landscape architecture, geography, and the life sciences. Prof.Dr.[NAME] obtained his Ph.D. at UCL, University of London, UK. He is a professor emeritus at Seoul National University and the Co- President of the Korea DMZ Council in Seoul, Korea. | <p>Presents the reader a synthesis of the subject</p><p>Approaches to the ecological problems in the DMZ are presented</p><p>Serves also as a guideline for the approach and the documentation of protected areas for decision-makers, planners, managers and ecologists</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-7091-1546-6 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | György Kriska | Freshwater Invertebrates in Central Europe | A Field Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book w. online files/update | Approx. 400 p. 500 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL25058 | Invertebrates | PSVT | SCL2504X | Animal Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography | PSV | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction of the Book.- Fresh-water invertebrates – Identification key.- Sponges – Spongillidae.- [NAME] and jellyfishes – Cnidaria.- Flatworms – Platyhelminthes.- Hairybacks – Gastrotricha, Water bears – Tardigrada.- Rotifers – Rotifera.- Roundworms – Nematoda.- Snails, limpets and mussels – Mollusca.- Segmented worms – Annelida.- Water spiders and mites – Chelicerata.- Crustaceans – Crustacea.- Springtails – Collembola.- Mayflies – Ephemeroptera.- Dragonflies and damselflies – Odonata.- Stoneflies – Plecoptera.- Water bugs – Heteroptera.- Beetles – Coleoptera.- Sialidae, Osmylidae, Sisyridae.- [NAME] – Trichoptera.- Moths – Lepidoptera.- True flies – Diptera.- Moss animals – Bryozoa.- Captions for photographs.- Identification key for cellular phone.- Glossary.- Bibliography. | This up-to-date guidebook on freshwater invertebrates of the central European region is a richly illustrated work, providing an excellent source of systematic information on freshwater macroinvertebrates. Numerous colour photos and additional vector graphic figures allow readers to identify specific species at a higher taxonomic level (family). The book is supplemented by electronic material including pictures and short video sequences. Freshwater [NAME] in Central Europe – A Field Guide is a must-have for all those interested in the freshwater animals of central Europe such as animal scientists and ecologists, as well as students attending classes on freshwater invertebrate.​ | <p>Richly illustrated field guide </p><p>Provides concise information on individual species </p><p>Easy determination of species with the illustrations​, pictures and descriptions</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-0348-0687-9 | Life Sciences | Kutikhin | [NAME]; [NAME] | Genomics of Pattern Recognition Receptors | Applications in Oncology and Cardiovascular Diseases |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 287 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 287 p. 2 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14110 | Receptors | PSBC | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Life Sciences | Monograph | [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Biology of Toll-like Receptors and NOD-like Receptors: Toggles of Inflammation.- Pattern Recognition Receptors, [NAME], and [NAME]: A Double-Edged Sword.- Structural Genomic Variation in Toll-Like Receptor 4 and Cancer.- Structural Genomic Variation in Other Toll-like Receptors and Cancer.- Structural Genomic Variation in Toll-Like Receptor [NAME] and Cancer.- Structural Genomic Variation in Toll-like Receptor [NAME] and Prostate Cancer.- Structural Genomic Variation in NOD-Like Receptors and Cancer.- Structural Genomic Variation in Pattern Recognition Receptors and Cardiovascular Diseases.- Hot Spots In the Field: Where Should We Go. | This book offers comprehensive information on the polymorphisms of genes encoding pattern recognition receptors (PRRs). Following a short description of the general role of PRRs in the immune system, the structure and function of Toll-like and NOD-like receptors are examined in detail. The main focus is on the role of inherited variation in PRRs and their correlation to cancer and cardiovascular diseases. A review of all epidemiological investigations is included, and a concept of genomic risk markers for the prevention of various diseases is also discussed. | <p>Summarizes the field and indicates key directions</p><p>Explores and analyzes genomic variations</p><p>With numerous tables presenting the data systematically</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-6125-8 | Life Sciences | Yarish | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Long Island Sound | Prospects for an Urban Sea | Springer Series on Environmental Management |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 120 illus. With 1 4-page color insert. | 0 | approx. | 76.25 | 81.59 | 83.88 | 66.99 | 127 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SC211000 | Hydrology/Water Resources | RBK | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-08-15 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Geological History of Long Island Sound (Authors: [NAME], [NAME], J. Varekamp and [NAME])  2. Socioeconomic History of Long Island Sound (Authors: [NAME], E. Pillsbury, and J. Varekamp)  3. Physical Oceanography (Contributors: [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME])  3.1. Introduction: basic characteristics of Long Island Sound as a large, temperate latitude, partially mixed estuary located on the US eastern seaboard.     Basic hydrography and geomorphology: physical dimensions, geomorphology, principal connections to the ocean and New York Harbor, temperature, salinity, density and location of freshwater sources.   Spatial structure of hydrographic properties.   Meteorology: winds, heating, cooling, air-sea interaction: properties and seasonal cycles.   Rivers and watersheds.   Tides, tidal currents, resonance, tidal stirring.   Gravitational circulation.   Wind driven and tidal residual currents, mixing and surges.    Tidal mixing and estuarine fronts.   Surface waves.   3.2. Topics in Physical Oceanography and related effects  <OL> <OL>  Significance of small bays/inlets to LIS oceanography and water quality ( </OL></OL>    Do they export nutrients?   Is there sediment accumulation?   Is there an effect of constricting the entrance?   Ground water input   Water treatment plants in CT discharge into bays (Stonington) and we need to know the processing/trapping etc.   <OL> <OL>  Proximity consequences of Metropolitan New York </OL></OL>    Point and distributed sources of contamination   Sewage treatment and discharges into East River   STP nitrogen and carbon concentrations and budgets    Atmospheric contributions of nitrogen   <OL> <OL>  Physical Processes influencing hypoxia (Authors: [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], J. O’Donnell) </OL></OL>    Seasonal vertical mixing rates   Horizontal advection and dispersion of dissolved oxygen and nitrogen between regions   Boundary exchanges between the East River, LIS and the ocean   Water column stratification: insolation, fresh water runoff and tidal mixing variations   Winds: seasonal patterns, storms, surges and mixing    Climate variability   <OL> <OL>  Impact of Severe Storms: Nor’easters and Hurricanes  </OL></OL> (Authors: [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Colle, Buonaiuto)    Basic properties of hurricanes and nor’easters   Storm surge and inundation (frequency and magnitude)   Historical storm tracks   Surge characteristics and timing     Coastal pollutant transport   Coastal and bottom erosion by storm waves   <OL> <OL>  Climate change and interannual variability (Authors: [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]) </OL></OL>    Water temperature and pattern    Precipitation changes and river discharge   Timing and ma | The U.S. Ocean Commission Report identified the need for regional ecosystem assessments to support coastal and ocean management. These assessments must provide greater understanding of physical and biological dynamics than assessments at global and national scales can provide but transcend state and local interests. This need and timeliness is apparent for Long Island Sound, where a multi-state regional restoration program is underway for America’s most urbanized estuary. Synthesis of the Long Island Sound ecosystem is needed to integrate knowledge across disciplines and provide insight into understanding and managing pressing issues, such as non-point sources of pollution, coastal development, global climatic change, and invasive species. Currently, there is a need for a comprehensive volume that summarizes the ecological and environmental dynamics and status of Long Island Sound and its myriad ecosystems.   It has been 30 years since a comprehensive summary of Long Island Sound was prepared and 50 years since the pioneering work of [NAME]. Major advances in estuarine science are providing new insights into these systems, and yet, the condition of many estuaries is in decline in the face of continuing coastal development. There is an opportunity to lay a foundation for integrative coastal observing systems that truly provide the foundation for improved decision-making. This book will provide a key reference of our scientific understanding for work performed over the past three decades and guide future research and monitoring in a dynamic urbanized estuary. | Provides a key reference of our scientific understanding for work performed over the past three decades  Guides future research and monitoring in a dynamic urbanized estuary  Lays a foundation for integrative coastal observing systems that truly provide the foundation for improved decision-making | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-7809-6 | Life Sciences | Likens | [NAME] | Biogeochemistry of a Forested Ecosystem |  |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 206 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 206 p. 71 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Life Sciences | SCL1904X | Ecosystems | PSAF | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | Life Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Ecosystem Analysis.- 2. Hydrology.- 3. Chemistry.- 4. Input-Output Budgets.- 5. Weathering.- 6. Nutrient Cycles and Mass Balances.- 7. The Northern Hardwood Ecosystem in the Hubbard Brook Valley in Relation to Other Forest Ecosystems.- 8. Summary Discussion and Conclusions. | The goal of this Third Edition is to update long-term data presented in earlier editions and to generate new syntheses and conclusions about the biogeochemistry of the Hubbard Brook Valley based on these longer-term data. There have been many changes, revelations, and exciting new insights generated from the longer data records. For example, the impact of acid rain peaked during the period of the HBES and is now declining. The longer-term data also posed challenges in that very marked changes in fluxes occurred in some components, such as hydrogen ion and sulfate deposition, calcium and nitrate export in stream water and biomass accumulation, during the almost 50 years of record. Thus, presenting “mean” or “average” conditions for many components for such a long period, when change was so prominent, do not make sense. In some cases, pentads or decades of time are compared to show these changes in a more smoothed and rational way for this long period. In some cases, a single period, often during periods of rapid change, such as acidification, is used to illustrate the main point(s). And, for some elements a unique mass balance approach, allowing the calculation of the Net Ecosystem Flux (NEF), is shown on an annual basis throughout the study. | <p>Describes the integration of several different approaches to ask and then answer questions regarding the function of interesting plant metabolites</p><p>An authoritative, up-to-date resource that helps to set the gold standard for thought and research in fields related to plant biochemistry</p><p>Gives a very good picture of the breadth of plant (bio)chemistry research in North America, which is also indicative of the state of the field worldwide</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38796-8 | Life Sciences | Lüttge | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Progress in Botany | Vol. 75 | Progress in Botany | 75 | 1 | 2014 | 428 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 428 p. 46 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST |  |  |  | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Ants, Plants and [NAME]: A view on some patterns of interaction and diversity.- ABA as a Universal Plant Hormone.- Reduced genomes from parasitic plant plastids: templates for minimal plastomes? Nucleotides and nucleosides: transport, metabolism and signaling function of extracellular ATP.- Regulation of PPi Levels Through the Vacuolar Membrane H+-pyrophosphatase.- Interactions Between Nutrients and Crassulacean Acid Metabolism.- Guttation: Quantification, Microbiology and Implications for Phytopathology.- Adaptation of rice to flooded soils.- Physiological mechanisms of flooding tolerance in rice: transient complete submergence and prolonged standing water between 0.3 to over 3 m.- Beyond Mutualism: [NAME] of Phreatophytes.- Some like it hot - are desert plants indifferent to climate change? | With one volume each year, this series keeps scientists and advanced students informed of the latest developments and results in all areas of the plant sciences. The present volume includes reviews on genetics, cell biology, physiology, ecology, and vegetation science. | <p>Up-to-date reviews </p><p>Written by leading experts </p><p>All contributions are peer-reviewed </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8086-0 | Life Sciences | Ming | [NAME]; [NAME] | Genetics and Genomics of Papaya |  | Plant Genetics and Genomics: Crops and Models | 10 | 1 | 2014 | 695 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 695 p. 73 illus., 61 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Papaya (Carica papaya L.):  Origin, Domestication, and Production.- Biology of the Papaya Plant.- Phenotypic and Genetic Diversity of Papaya.- Vasconcellea for Papaya Improvement.- The Phylogeny of the Caricaceae.- History and Future of the Solo Papaya.- Hawaii’s Transgenic Papaya Story 1978-2012: A Personal Account.- Molecular Genetic Mapping of Papaya.- Molecular Cytogenetics of Papaya.- Physical Map of Papaya Genome.- Sequencing and Assembly of the Transgenic Papaya Genome.- [NAME] Conservation Between and Within Papaya Genes.- Papaya Repeat Database.- Genomics of Papaya Fruit Development and Ripening.- Genomics of Papaya Disease Resistance.- Genomics of Papaya Sex Chromosomes.- Physical Mapping of Papaya Sex Chromosomes.- Cloning Major Genes Controlling Fruit Flesh Color in Papaya.- Molecular Markers in Papayas.- Papaya Nutritional Analysis.- Papaya as a Medicinal Plant.- Allele Discovery Platform (ADP) in Papaya (Carica papaya L.). | This book reviews various aspects of papaya genomics, including existing genetic and genomic resources, recent progress on structural and functional genomics, and their applications in papaya improvement. Organized into four sections, the volume explores the origin and domestication of papaya, classic genetics and breeding, recent progress on molecular genetics, and current and future applications of genomic resources for papaya improvement.Bolstered by contributions from authorities in the field, Genetics and Genomics of Papaya is a valuable resource that provides the most up to date information for papaya researchers and plant biologists. | <p>Provides the latest information on papaya genetics and genomics for papaya researchers and plant biologists </p><p>Written by a team of experts in various aspects of papaya genomics </p><p>Features numerous color illustrations and photographs</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1508-0 | Life Sciences | Mitra | [NAME] | Sensitivity of Mangrove Ecosystem to Changing Climate |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 302 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 302 p. 73 illus., 43 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19112 | Plant Ecology | PSTS | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Climate change: A threat of the era.- Mangroves: A unique gift of nature.- How mangroves resist natural disaster?.- Impact of climate change on mangroves.- Climate change and plankton spectrum of mangrove ecosystem.- Climate change and its impact on brackish water fish and fishery.- Climate change and livelihood: Are we approaching towards an inevitable change?.​ | Mangroves are basically salt tolerant forest ecosystems found mainly in tropical and sub-tropical inter-tidal regions. Till about 1960s, mangroves were largely viewed as “economically unproductive areas” and were therefore destroyed for reclaiming land for various economic and commercial activities. Gradually, with the passage of time, the economic and ecological benefits of mangroves have become visible and their importance is now well appreciated. Today, mangroves are observed in about 30 countries in tropical subtropical regions covering an area of about 99,300 Sq.Km. However, during the past 50 years, over 50% of the mangrove cover has been lost, mainly because of the increased pressure of human activities like shrimp farming and agriculture, forestry, salt extraction, urban development, tourist development and infrastructure. Also, dam on rivers, contamination of sea waters caused by heavy metals, oil spills, pesticides and other products etc. have been found to be responsible for the decline of mangroves. Although the temperature effect on growth and species diversity is not known, sea-level rise may pose a serious threat to these ecosystems The present book addresses all these important issues in separate chapters with some interesting case studies whose data may serve as pathfinder for future researches in the sphere of the influence of climate change on mangrove ecosystem. The role of mangroves in the sector of bioremediation is a unique feather in the crown of this coastal and brackishwater vegetation that may be taken up by the coastal industries in order to maintain the health of ambient environment. This book seeks to discover and to assess the vulnerability of climate change on mangrove flora and fauna, their role in carbon sequestration and some interesting case studies by some groups of dedicated researchers that may serve as the basis of future climate related policies. | <p>The unique ecosystem of mangroves is elaborately described with special emphasis on the impact of climate change on it  </p><p>The text is replets with case studies from across the world for a comprehensive and interesting read </p><p>The role of mangroves in mitigating natural disaster like cyclones, tidal surges, tsunamis, etc is described </p><p>The work is the result of 30 years of painstaking research on mangrove biodiversity and continual change of the system, which is generally not documented​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7145-1 | Life Sciences | Ostrovsky | [NAME] ([NAME] | Evolution of Sexual Reproduction in Marine Invertebrates | Example of gymnolaemate bryozoans |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | X, 450 p. 102 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Reproductive patterns of gymnolaemate [NAME]: general overview and comparative analysis.- Chapter 2. Cheilostome brood chambers — structure, formation, evolution.- Chapter 3. Evolution of reproductive patterns in Cheilostomata.- Appendix I: History of research on sexual reproduction in gymnolaemate Bryozoa.- Appendix II: Materials, methods and list of [NAME] studied. | Three major aspects that distinguish this book are that (1) it contains the most detailed analysis of the sexual reproduction (oogenesis, fertilization and embryonic incubation) in a particular phylum of the aquatic invertebrates (Bryozoa) ever made; this analysis is based on an exhaustive review of the literature on that topic published over the last 260 years, as well as extensive original histological, anatomical and morphological data obtained during studies of both extant and extinct species; (2) this broad analysis has made it possible to reconstruct the major patterns, stages and trends in the evolution of sexual reproduction in various bryozoan clades, showing numerous examples of parallelisms during transitions from broadcasting to embryonic incubation, from planktotrophic to non-feeding larvae and from lecithotrophy to placentation; corresponding shifts in oogenesis, fertilization and embryonic development are discussed in detail; and (3) the key evolutionary novelties acquired by Bryozoa are compared with similar innovations that have evolved in other groups of marine invertebrates, showing the general trends in the evolution of their sexual reproduction. Ecological background of these innovations is considered too. Altogether these aspects make the monograph an “Encyclopedia of bryozoan sexual reproduction,” offering an integral picture of the evolution of this complex phenomenon. | <p>Comparative analysis of reproductive patterns in Bryozoa</p><p><p>Structural diversity, independent origin, brood chamber evolution in different cheilostome groups</p><p><p>Analyses main directions in bryozoans sexual reproduction evolution</p><p><p>Emerging trends of these are compared with analogues in evolution of bryozoan order Ctenostomata and other marine invertebrate groups</p><p><p>Reconstruction of stages of sexual reproduction evolution in other bryozoan groups </p><p><p>History reviews of study of sexual reproduction in the Gymnolaemata with list of species [NAME]> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38211-6 | Life Sciences | Pontarotti | [NAME] | Evolutionary Biology: Exobiology and Evolutionary Mechanisms |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 300 p. 69 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | SCL25023 | Animal Genetics and Genomics | PSVH | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The First Experiments of Ascidian and Sea Urchin Eggs Fertilization.- Ontic Openness as Key Factor in the Evolution of Biological Systems.- Effects of Epistasis and Pleiotropy on Fitness Landscapes.- Autocatalytic Sets: The Origin of Life, Evolution, and Functional Organization.- Interactions of Clay Minerals with RNA Components.- [NAME] Protocell Design: Gaining Insights in the Emergence of Complex Functions.- From Life to Exolife: The Interdependence of Astrobiology and Evolutionary Biology.- The Possible Roles of Water in the Prebiotic Chemical Evolution of DNA ― An Approach by Single Molecule Studies.- Domain Architecture Evolution of Metazoan Proteins.- Of Trees and Bushes: Phylogenetic Networks as Tools to Detect, Visualize and Model Reticulate Evolution.- Horizontal Acquisition of Prokaryotic Genes for Eukaryote Functioning and Niche Adaptation.- Molecular Evolution of Disrupted Transfer RNA Genes and Their Introns in Archaea.- Memory of Temperature in the Seasonal Control of Flowering Time: an Unexplored Link Between Meteorology and Molecular Biology.- Current approaches in spatial genetics.- Consequences of Segregation and Genetic Exchange on Adaptability in Arbuscular Mycorrhizal fungi (AMF).- Mitochondrial Genes, [NAME] and Hermaphroditism in Freshwater [NAME] ([NAME]: Unionoida).- Variable Lymphocyte Receptors in JawLess Vertebrates: Illuminating the Origin and Early Evolution of Adaptive Immunity.- An Evo-Devo perspective on Hybrid Infertility and Speciation.- Genetic and Molecular Dissection of Animal Decision-Making: A New Frontier for Genetic Analysis. | This book presents 19 selected contributions to the 16th Evolutionary Biology Meeting, which took place in September 2012 in Marseilles. The aims of these annual meetings, which gather together leading evolutionary biologists and other scientists, are to promote the exchange of ideas and to encourage interdisciplinary collaborations. The first chapter deals with the history of a great discovery: The first experiments on ascidian and sea urchin egg fertilization. The remaining contributions are grouped under the following categories:·       Evolutionary biology concepts·       Exobiology and the origin of life·       Evolutionary mechanismsOffering an up-to-date overview of recent findings in the field of evolutionary biology, this book is an invaluable source of information for scientists, teachers and advanced students. | <p>Written by experts in the field</p><p>Includes latest research results </p><p>Richly illustrated</p><p> </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7955-0 | Life Sciences | Porter-Bolland | [NAME]; Isabel Ruiz-Mallén; Claudia Camacho-Benavides; [NAME] | Community Action for Conservation | Mexican Experiences |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 198 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 198 p. 21 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Biocultural diversity and the participation of local communities in national and global conservation.- Community conservation and ethnoecology: the three dimensions of local-level biodiversity maintenance.- Conservation and forest communities in Mexico: Experiences, visions and rights.- Community Conservation Experiences in Three Ejidos of the Lower Balsas River Basin, Michoacan.- [NAME] in ICCA governance: the case of El Cordon del Reten in San Miguel Chimalapa, Oaxaca.- Local perceptions of conservation initiatives in the Calakmul region.- Community conservation in Punta Laguna: a case of adaptive ecotourism management.- Local participation in community conservation: Methodological contributions.- Community-based biodiversity monitoring in Mexico: Current status, challenges and future strategies for collaboration with scientists.- Drawing analysis: tools for understanding children’s perceptions of community conservation.- Conclusions. | This book provides an in-depth analysis on community conservation in Mexico. The volume explores vivid examples and case studies that illustrate some of the critical issues at stake, including the participation of local communities in national and global conservation, indigenous and local perceptions of conservation initiatives in Southern Mexico, and challenges in ICCA governance and ecotourism. The book also reviews methodological approaches for understanding and strengthening community conservation, touching upon such topics as community-based biodiversity monitoring and tools for understanding children's perceptions of community conservation.Written by international experts in the field, Community Action for Conservation: Mexican Experiences is a lively and deep-running resource that offers invaluable stories and analyses of the Mexican experience with conservation. | <p>In-depth resource about community conservation in Mexico</p><p>Includes detailed case studies concerning community conservation in Mexico </p><p>Fills a very real need for more information about Mexican experiences with community-based conservation and resource management</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-62703-597-2 | Life Sciences | Praticὸ | [NAME]; Patrizia Mecocci | Studies on Alzheimer's Disease |  | Oxidative Stress in Applied Basic Research and Clinical Practice |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 300 p. 26 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL16070 | Oxidative Stress | PSF | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1: Hypotheses.- Oxidative stress: impact in neuroscience research.- Oxidative stress and Alzheimer’s disease.- Inflammation and Oxidation: a link in Alzheimer’ disease pathogenesis.- GAPDH:β-amyloid mediated iron accumulation in Alzheimer’s disease.- Aβ in mitochondria: one piece in the Alzheimer’s disease puzzle.- The role of the plasma membrane redox system in the pathognesis of Alzheimer’s disease.- Section 2: Mechanisms.- Metal dysfunction in Alzheimer’s disease.- Brain Oxidative Stress in the Pathogenesis and Progression of Alzheimer’s Disease.- Cholesterol metabolism and oxidative stress in Alzheimer’s disease.- Brain hypometabolism, oxidative stress, maternal transmission and risk of late-onset Alzheimer’s disease.- Stress and HPA axis dysfunction in Alzheimer’s disease.- Section 3: Clinics.- Diabetes mellitus and its impact on sporadic Alzheimer’s disease.- Peripheral biomarkers of oxidative tress in Alzheimer’s disease.- Nutrition lifestyle and oxidative stress: prevention in Alzheimer’s disease.- Are antioxidants food and nutrients useful in preventing cognitive decline?.- Antioxidant clinical trials in Mild Cognitive Impairment and Alzheimer’s disease. | This volume systematically reviews the basic science and clinical knowledge of the role of free radicals and antioxidants, collectively known as “oxidative stress,” in the pathology of Alzheimer’s disease. It will describe the most current diagnostic tools, laboratory methods and technology, to suggest ways of prevention and treatment and to emphasize the concept of the bench-to-bedside approach. The book will also provide specific coverage on emerging technology and medical applications including discussions of biomarkers and antioxidants as therapeutic agents, and several more relevant aspects. In addition, the book will promote the concept of using biomarkers representative of oxidative stress reactions and free-radical damage, as well as describe the effect of antioxidants in treating disease in clinical trials. The content will be valuable to researchers studying the development of Alzheimer’s disease, and clinicians treating patients with this diagnosis. | <p>Reviews the basic science and clinical knowledge of the role of free radicals and antioxidants</p><p>Describes the most current diagnostic tools , laboratory methods and technology</p><p>Provides specific coverage on emerging technology and medical applications</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-37554-5 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; Sophie Laurent; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Protein-Nanoparticle Interactions | The Bio-Nano Interface | Springer Series in Biophysics | 15 | 1 | 2013 | 78 | Hard cover | Book | X, 78 p. 24 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | SCL14060 | Protein-Ligand Interactions | PSBC | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | The Biological Significance of ‘Nano’ interactions.- Nanoparticle and Protein Corona.- Protein Corona: Applications and Challenges.- Analytical Methods for Corona Evaluations. | In recent years, the fabrication of nanomaterials and exploration of their properties have attracted the attention of various scientific disciplines such as biology, physics, chemistry, and engineering. Although nanoparticulate systems are of significant interest in various scientific and technological areas, there is little known about the safety of these nanoscale objects. It has now been established that the surfaces of nanoparticles are immediately covered by biomolecules (e.g. proteins, ions, and enzymes) upon their entrance into a biological medium. This interaction with the biological medium modulates the surface of the nanoparticles, conferring a “biological identity” to their surfaces (referred to as a “corona”), which determines the subsequent cellular/tissue responses. The new interface between the nanoparticles and the biological medium/proteins, called “bio-nano interface,” has been very rarely studied in detail to date, though the interest in this topic is rapidly growing.In this book, the importance of the physiochemical characteristics of nanoparticles for the properties of the protein corona is discussed in detail, followed by comprehensive descriptions of the methods for assessing the protein-nanoparticle interactions. The advantages and limitations of available corona evaluation methods (e.g. spectroscopy methods, mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron microscopy, X-ray crystallography, and differential centrifugal sedimentation) are examined in detail, followed by a discussion of the possibilities for enhancing the current methods and a call for new techniques. Moreover, the advantages and disadvantages of protein-nanoparticle interaction phenomena are explored and discussed, with a focus on the biological impacts. | <p>The first book to investigate protein-nanoparticle interactions in detail</p><p>Gives an overview on the applications and safety issues resulting involved</p><p>Written by international experts</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-3-642-38075-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] from Plants |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 469 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 469 p. 109 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] From Latin American Plants.- Antifungal Plants of Iran: An Insight into Ecology, Chemistry and Molecular Biology.- Antifungal Property of Selected Nigerian Medicinal Plants.- Review   of the Antifungal Potential of African Medicinal Plants.- Natural products as potential resources for antifungal substances - A survey.- Recent advances on Medicinal plants with [NAME] Activity.- Recent progress in research on plant antifungal proteins: a review.- Antifungal Metabolites of Endophytic Fungi.- Combining plant essential oils and antimycotics in coping with antimycotic-resistant Candida species.- Flavonoids as [NAME] Agents.-   [NAME] from Medicinal Plants used in  Ayurvedic System of Medicine In India.-  Plants Used In Folk Medicine of Bangladesh For Treatment of Tinea Infections.- Usefulness of Plant Derived Products to Protect Rice Against Fungi in Western Europe.- Plant bioactive metabolites for cereal protection against fungal pathogens.- Plant essential oils as antifungal treatments on the postharvest of fruit and vegetables.- Fruit processing byproducts as a source of natural antifungal compounds. | The goal of this book is to provide essential information on the use of different medicinal plants and their secondary metabolites for the treatment of various fungal diseases affecting human beings, animals and plants.  It is divided in four parts: Part I examines the global distribution of plant-derived antifungal compounds, Part II deals with antifungal activities of plant metabolites, Part III includes plants used in Ayurveda and traditional systems for treating fungal diseases, and Part IV discusses the use of plant-derived products to protect plants against fungal diseases.​ | <p>Illustrates the use of plants and plant-derived products to combat fungal diseases </p><p>Describes their usage in traditional systems such as Ayurveda </p><p>Useful source of information for researchers in the fields of botany, mycology, microbiology, and pharmacology</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7133-8 | Life Sciences | Rebeiz | [NAME] | Chlorophyll Biosynthesis and Technological Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1748 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 1748 p. 155 illus., 59 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Dedication.- Preface.- Author Biography.- 1. Some Major Steps in the Understanding of the Chemistry and Biochemistry of Chl.- 2. Synopsis.- 3. Development of Analytical and Preparatory Techniques.- 4. Development of Cell-free Systems.- 5. Reactions between δ-Aminolevulinic Acid and Protoporphyrin IX.- 6. The Iron and Magnesium Branches of the Porphyrin Biosynthetic Pathway.- 7. The Chl a Carboxylic Biosynthetic Routes: Reactions between Mg-Protoporphyrin IX and Protochlorophyllide a.- 8. The Chl a Carboxylic Biosynthetic Routes: Protochlorophyllide a.- 9. The Chl a Carboxylic Biosynthetic Routes: (Photo)Conversion of Protochlorophyllides (Pchlides) a to Chlorophyllide (Chlide) a.- 10. The Chl a Carboxylic Biosynthetic Routes: Conversion of Chlide a to Chl a.- 11. The Fully Esterified Chlorophyll a Biosynthetic Routes: Reactions between Mg-Protoporphyrin IX Diester and [NAME]. The Chlorophyll b Biosynthetic Pathway: Novel Metabolic Intermediates.- 13. The Chl b Biosynthetic Pathway: Intermediary Metabolism.- 14. Relationship of Chlorophyll Biosynthetic heterogeneity to the Greening Group affiliation of Plants.- 15. Relationship of Chlorophyll biosynthesis to the Assembly of Chlorophyll-Protein Complexes.- 16. The Chlorophyll Biosynthetic Heterogeneity and Chloroplast Bioengeneering.- 17. Photodynamic Herbicides.- 18. Photodynamic Insecticides.- 19. ALA-Dependent Cancericides.- Appendix I. Sequenced Chlorophyll Biosynthetic Enzymes.- Appendix II. Sequenced  Apoproteins of the Chloroplast Pigment-Protein Complexes. | Heme and chlorophyll ([NAME]) are porphyrins. Porphyrins (also referred to as tetrapyrroles) are essential for life in the biosphere. Chlorophyll catalyzes the conversion of solar energy to chemical energy via the process of photosynthesis. Organic life in the biosphere is made possible by consumption of the chemical energy generated by photosynthesis.  Hemes are the prosthetic groups of cytochromes which are involved in electron transport during oxidative phosphorylation and photosynthetic phosphorylation which generate ATP and NADPH. The latter are essential for many cellular functions.  [NAME] on the other hands catalyzes the process of photosynthesis. Indeed, life in the biosphere depends on the process of photosynthesis which converts light energy, carbon dioxide and water into the chemical energy, required for the formation of food and fiber. Photosynthetic efficiency is controlled by extrinsic factors such as the availability of water, CO2, inorganic nutrients, ambient temperature and the metabolic and developmental state of the plant, as well as by intrinsic factors ([NAME] and San Pietro, 1975). The most important intrinsic factor is the efficiency of the photosynthetic electron transport system (PETS). Conventional agriculture is one of the few human activities that have not undergone a revolution to join other activities such as overcoming gravity by flying, and landing on the moon, crossing underwater the polar cap, and communicating wirelessly over long distances via electromagnetic waves. We now feel that enough biochemical and molecular biological knowledge has accumulated to render this dream amenable to experimentation. We believe that the time has come to bioengineer chloroplasts capable of synthesizing a short chain carbohydrate such as glycerol at rates that approach the upper theoretical limits of photosynthesis [Rebeiz, C. A. (2010) Investigations of possible relationships between the chlorophyll biosynthetic pathway and the assembly of chlorophyll-protein complexes and photosynthetic efficiency. In: Rebeiz, C. A. Benning, C., Bohnert, H.J., Daniell, [NAME], Hoober J. K., [NAME], [NAME], Portis , [NAME], and Tripathy, B. C. eds. The chloroplast: Basics and Applications. Springer. The Netherlands, p 1-24]. In order to achieve this goal a thorough knowledge of the [NAME] biosynthetic pathway is needed along with knowledge in other domains (Rebeiz 2010). In this context, this monograph is devoted to an in depth discussion of our present knowledge of the [NAME] biosynthetic pathway. The complexity and biochemical heterogeneity of the [NAME] biosynthetic pathway and the relationship of this complexity to the structural and biosynthetic complexity of photosynthetic membranes will be emphasized. We will also emphasize in historical perspective, key stages in our understanding of the [NAME] biosynthetic heterogeneity. The reader should keep in mind that a complex biosynthetic process is only fully understood when it becomes possible to reconstitute in vitro every step of the process. We are not yet at this stage of understanding of thylakoid membrane biogenesis. Considerable progress has been achieved however, in the understanding of numerous facets of the [NAME] biosynthetic pathway, namely (a) detection and identification of various major and minor metabolic intermediates (b) precursor-product relationships between various intermediates, (c) structure and regulation of many enzymes of the pathway, and (d) the relationship of the [NAME] biosynthetic heterogeneity to the structural and functional heterogeneity of thylakoid membranes. In addition topics related to the development of Analytical techniques, Cell-free systems, Herbicides, Insecticides, and [NAME] are also discussed. | <p>Highly original </p><p>Covers plant physiology, biochemistry, biophysics, molecular biology </p><p>Contains two appendices of about 4.000 pages of molecular biology searches</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38486-8 | Life Sciences | Romeralo | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Dictyostelids | Evolution, Genomics and Cell Biology |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 294 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 294 p. 34 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | SCL23039 | Microbial Genetics and Genomics | PSG | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Dictyostelium discoideum as a Model in Biomedical Research.- Genome Analysis of Social Amoebae.- Signalling During Dictyostelium Development.- The Chemotactic Compass Transcriptional Regulators – Dynamic Drivers of Multicellular Formation, Cell Differentiation and Development.- Non-coding RNAs in Dictyostelium discoideum and other [NAME] Amoebae.- Sex in Dictyostelia.- A global Overview of Dictyostelid Ecology with Special Emphasis in North American Forest.- Evolution of Dictyostelid Social Amoebas Inferred from the Use of Molecular Tools.- The Evolution of the Cellular Slime Molds.- Social Selection in the Cellular Slime Moulds.- The Non-dictyostelid Sorocarpic Amoebae. | Since their discovery in 1869, the dictyostelids have attracted the attention of scientists in a wide variety of fields. This interest has stemmed from their peculiar lifestyle and developmental properties, which were shaped by the evolutionary forces that generated multicellularity during eukaryotic evolution. More recently, the dictyostelids have gained attention due to the striking similarities found at the genomic, cellular and biochemical levels with human cells, which has propelled the species Dictyostelium discoideum to become a model system for biology and medicine in many laboratories. This book covers the latest advances in our knowledge of these extraordinary organisms with topics spanning from their evolutionary history, ecology and diversity to the recent discoveries regarding their cellular and molecular biology. | <p>First book to highlight the importance of Dictyostelia as a model organism</p><p>Connects evolutionary aspects with the findings of the genomic era </p><p>Written by experts in the field​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7169-7 | Life Sciences | Sands | [NAME]; [NAME] | Conservation of the Richmond Birdwing Butterfly in Australia |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 188 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 188 p. 53 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19150 | Conservation Biology/Ecology | RNK | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Birdwing butterflies and their conservation needs.- 2. The Richmond birdwing butterfly.- 3. The food plants of the Richmond birdwing.- 4. The natural habitats and resources for the Richmond birdwing.- 5. Conservation needs and early concerns.- 6. Foundation of the programme: engaging the community.- 7. Expanding the Programme. The development of community networks:  their achievements and roles in conservation and recovery.- 8. Habitat restoration and outcomes.- 9. Revising the Draft Recovery Plan.- 10. Broadening perspective.- References.- Appendices.- Index. | This survey of one the longest insect conservation campaigns in Australia deals with recovery of one of the most iconic endemic butterflies, the Richmond birdwing, threatened by clearance and fragmentation of subtropical rainforest in eastern Australia and the spread of an alien larval food-plant. Its conservation has involved many aspects of community involvement, developed over more than 20 years, and focused on habitat restoration and weed eradication, in conjunction with conservation of remaining forest fragments. The work has involved the entire historical range of the butterfly, addressed threats and emphasised landscape connectivity, and has enhanced recovery through extensive plantings of native food plants. Interest has been maintained through extensive publicity, community education  and media activity, and the programme has provided many lessons for advancing insect conservation practice in the region. | <p>Account of one of longest insect conservation programmes in Australia </p><p>Deals with major iconic species with strong public/community interest</p><p>Innovative community involvements provide many lessons for similar exercises in many parts of the world</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-62703-633-7 | Life Sciences | Schatten | Heide Schatten | Cell and Molecular Biology of Breast Cancer |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 424 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 424 p. 55 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | SCL26000 | Biological Microscopy | PS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Histopathology and grading of breast cancer.- 2. Multicentric/multifocal breast cancer: overview, biology and therapy.- 3. The immune system in breast cancer initiation and progression: role of epithelial to mesenchymal transition.- 4. Remodeling of the extracellular matrix: implications for cancer.- 5. Biology and treatment of basal-like breast cancer.- 6. Re-excision after lumpectomy for breast cancer.- 7. Novel anti-angiogenic therapies using naturally-occurring and synthetic drugs to combat progestin-dependent breast cancer.- 8. New insights on estrogen receptor actions in hormone-responsive breast cancer cells by interaction proteomics.- 9. Reprogramming breast cancer cells with embryonic microenvironments: insights from nodal signaling.- 10. Metastatic determinants: breast tumour cells in circulation.- 11. Breast cancer epigenetics: biomarkers and therapeutic potential.- 12. The impact of centrosome abnormalities on breast cancer development and progression with a focus on targeting centrosomes for breast cancer therapy.- 13. A New Perspective on Cyclin D1: beyond cell cycle regulation.- 14. Gene signatures of inflammatory breast cancer: epithelial plasticity and a cancer stem cell phenotype.- 15. An integrated human mammary epithelial cell culture system for studying carcinogenesis and aging.- 16. New breast cancer treatment considerations – a brief review of the use of genetically modified (attenuated) bacteria as therapy for advanced and metastatic breast cancer. | Highlighting recent advances in our understanding of breast cancer, this book is intended for a wide audience as a reference book. Included are reviews of genetics, epigenetics, various aspects of cell and molecular biology, and several other areas of breast cancer that are aimed at determining new intervention sites for treatments and cures of the disease. The chapters are written by internationally recognized experts and include reviews of key topics in breast cancer research. Each chapter highlights the new aspects of specific research topics, the various impacts of designing new strategies, and identifies new targets for therapeutic intervention. The topics addressed are selected to be of interest to patients, scientists, students, teachers, and to all who are interested in expanding their knowledge of breast cancer imaging, diagnostics, therapeutics, or basic biomedical research on breast cancer. | <p>Highlights recent advances in the understanding of breast cancer</p><p>Contributors include internationally recognized experts on breast cancer [NAME] new intervention sites for treatments and cures of breast cancer</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6924-3 | Life Sciences | Schwartz | [NAME] | Phenology: An Integrative Environmental Science |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 602 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 602 p. 130 illus., 61 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19112 | Plant Ecology | PSTS | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. East Asia.- 3. Australia and New Zealand.- 4. Europe.- 5. North America.- 6. A Review of Plant Phenology in South and Central America.- 7. Antarctica.- 8. International Phenological Observation Networks: Concept of IPG and GPM.- 9.Tropical Dry Climates.- 10. Mediterranean Phenology.- 11. Phenologies of North American Grasslands and Grasses.- 12. Mesic Temperate Deciduous Forest Phenology.- 13. Phenology at High Latitudes.- 14. Phenology at High Altitudes.- 15. Plant Development Models.- 16. Animal Life Cycle Models (Poikilotherms).- 17. Daily Temperature-based Temporal and Spatial Modeling of Tree Phenology.- 18. Plant Phenological “Fingerprints”.- 19. High-Resolution Phenological Data.- 20. Weather Station Siting:  Effects on Phenological Models.- 21. Remote Sensing of Land Surface Phenology: A Prospectus.- 22. Near-Surface Sensor-Derived Phenology.- 23. Aquatic Plants and Animals.- 24. Birds.- 25. Reproductive Phenology of Large Mammals.- 26. Vegetation Phenology in Global Change Studies.- 27. Temperature Sensitivity of Canopy Photosynthesis Phenology in Northern Ecosystems.- 28. Phenology and Evapotranspiration.- 29. Phenology in Agriculture and Horticulture.- 30. [NAME] Phenology.- 31. Phenology in Higher Education: Ground-Based and Spatial Analysis Tools. | Phenology refers to recurring plant and animal life cycle stages, such as leafing and flowering, maturation of agricultural plants, emergence of insects, and migration of birds. It is also the study of these recurring events, especially their timing and relationships with weather and climate. Phenological phenomena all give a ready measure of the environment as viewed by the associated organism, and are thus ideal indicators of the impact of local and global changes in weather and climate on the earth’s biosphere.Assessing our changing world is a complex task that requires close cooperation from experts in biology, climatology, ecology, geography, oceanography, remote sensing, and other areas. Like its predecessor, this second edition of Phenology is a synthesis of current phenological knowledge, designed as a primer on the field for global change and general scientists, students, and interested members of the public. With updated and new contributions from over fifty phenological experts, covering data collection, current research, methods, and applications, it demonstrates the accomplishments, progress over the last decade, and future potential of phenology as an integrative environmental science. | <p>Comprehensive topics, designed to nurture and serve the dynamic international and interdisciplinary phenological research community</p><p>The Editor is co-founder of the USA National Phenology Network (USA-NPN) </p><p>Includes chapters that outline the history of data collection and network development in each region</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7695-5 | Life Sciences | Sell | [NAME] | Stem Cells Handbook |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 567 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 567 p. 144 illus., 105 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL16010 | Stem Cells | PSAK | [NAME] | Regenerative Medicine/Tissue Engineering | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Stem Cells.- Contemporary Ethical Issues in [NAME] from Early Mammalian Embryos.- Quantitative Approaches to Model Pluripotency and Differentiation in Stem Cells.- Growth Dynamics of Fetal Human Neural Stem Cells.- Immunobiology of Embryonic and Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell Transplantation.- Urodele Limb Regeneration: Mechanisms of Blastema Formation and Growth.- Mechanism of miR302-Mediated iPS Cell Generation.- Bioreactor Expansion of Pluripotent Stem Cells.- Generation of Hepatocyte-like Cells from Human Pluripotent Stem Cells.- Neural Differentiation from Pluripotent Stem Cells.- Generation of Anterior Foregut Derivatives from Pluripotent Stem Cells.- Commercial Opportunities for Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells.- Spermatogonial Stem Cells in Adult Mice and Men.- Characterization of the Hematopoietic Stem Cell Niche: Cellular and Molecular Analysis.- Glandular Stem Cells (GSCs): Stem Cells in Glandular Organs.- Human Mammary Epithelial Stem/Progenitor Cells.- Mammary Epithelial Stem Cells.- Gastric Stem Cell Biology: Proliferation Kinetics, Differentiation Hierarchies and Role in Carcinogenesis.- Progenitors of Islet Cells.- Stem Cell Populations Giving Rise to Liver, Biliary Tree and Pancreas.- Liver Regeneration in Health and Disease.- Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells, Embryonic Stem Cells and their Cardiomyocyte Derivatives: An Overview.- Potential of Glial Cells.- Stem Cells and Aging.- Translating Stem Cell Discoveries.- Mesenchymal Stem Cell Transplantation: From Tissue Regeneration to Immune Modulation.- Stem Cells and Tissue Engineering in [NAME] and Wounds.- Derivation of Retinal Pigmented Epithelial Cells for the Treatment of Ocular Disease.- Stem Cells and Diabetes.- [NAME] is a Problem of Developmental Biology: Maturation Arrest and the Hierarchical Model of the Origin of Cancer from Stem Cells.- Targeting the Stem Cell Plasticity of Tumor Cells.- Molecular Evolution of Leukemia Stem Cells.- Rodent Models for Assessing the Role of Stem Cells in Liver Development, Regeneration and Carcinogenesis.- Breast Cancer Stem Cells: From Theory to Therapy.- Nephroblastoma/Wilms Tumor: A Corrupted Cap Stem Cell Caricature. | Stem Cells Handbook, Second Edition discusses the  critical areas of progress in stem cells, including the most recent research and applications of pluripotent embryonic cells, induced pluripotent cells, oligopotent tissue stem cells and cancer stem cells. 36 chapters – written by the experts in the field – cover basic knowledge of stem cell biology, stem cell ethics, development of techniques for applying stem cell therapy, the technology of obtaining appropriate cells for transplantation as well as the role of stem cells in cancer and how therapy may be directed to cancer stem cells. This new volume is essential reading for all scientists currently in the field or allied research areas, and those for those graduate students who envision a career in stem cells. | <p>Provides up-to-date information on critical areas of progress in stem cell biology, including the most recent research and applications of iPSC, PSC, and cancer stem cells</p><p>36 chapters cover basic knowledge of stem cell biology including ethics, therapies, obtaining cells for transplantation and much more</p><p>Essential reading for academics and clinicians involved in research or ethics and policy, and for graduate students pursuing related careers</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1180-8 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; N Bakthavatsalam | Biological Control of Insect Pests Using Egg Parasitoids |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 438 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 438 p. 12 illus. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | SCL25007 | Zoology | PSV | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Future Thrusts for Egg Parasitoids Research in India.- Biosystematic Studies on Trichogrammatidae with Special Reference to Indian species.- Molecular Taxonomy of Trichogrammatids.- Natural occurrence, [NAME] and Distribution of Trichogrammatid Egg Parasitoids.- Trichogrammatids – Behavioural Ecology.- Trichogrammatids : Adaptation to Stresses.- Safety Testing of Pesticides for Integration with Trichogrammatids.- Mass Production of Trichogrammatid Parasitoids.- Trichogrammatids: Integration with other Methods of Pest Control.- Trichogramma: Non-Target Risk Assessment Methodologies and Guidelines.- Other Egg Parasitoids – Research for Utilisation.- Utility of Trichogramma for Biocontrol of Sugarcane Borers.- Egg Parasitoids in Cotton Ecosystem.- Egg Parasitoids in Tobacco Ecosystem.- Egg Parasitoids in Cereal Crops Ecosystem.- Egg Parasitoids in Legume Crops Ecosystem.- Egg Parasitoids of Fruit Crop Pests.- Egg Parasitoids in Vegetable [NAME] and Scope for Utilization. | The theme of the book is highly relevant to the current emphasis on environment conservation, with focus on native biodiversity conservation in agro-ecosystems. The current impetus being given to organic farming and export oriented agri-hortculture in the country calls for access to relevant scientific knowledge base among the stakeholders. Research on biological pest control is more than a century old in India. Egg parasitoids, which are mainly tiny wasps, led by the family Trichogrammatidae, are the most widely utilized natural enemies for biological control globally. Over thirty countries are using these bioagents to protect over 10 million hectares of agricultural and forestry crops from many important insect pests. The book comprises 18 chapters, which are arranged in continuum, commencing with basic aspects of knowledge and ending in their utilization targets. The chapters cover broadly four areas: bio-diversity and natural occurrence of egg parasitoids, behaviour and adaptation of egg parasitoids, mass production and safe use of egg parasitoids and utilisation of egg parasitoids in different crop ecosystems. Some of the chapters cater to the needs of discipline-wise update on the current R&D scenario-like insect taxonomy, biotechnology, mass-production and quality control of the target organisms - egg-parasitoids, which are useful for laboratory scientists/researchers. There are also chapters devoted to knowledge status and scope for utilization of egg parasitoids in different target crops, which cater to requirements of field entomologists and extensionists for use in their tasks of guiding farmers/local guides. The book is different in approach, method, structure and content and ensures holistic coverage of the topic. The chapters are written by active and experienced workers in different crops and aspects and co-edited by four very experienced experts who have over three decades R&D experience in the subject. All the authors have uniformly focussed on comprehensive literature study and critical identification of knowledge gaps for future R&D, thus the book is novel in outlook, up-to-date in content and comprehensive in coverage of themes. This book will be useful for supplementary reading for MSc Agriculture and PhD Agriculture students, besides MSc/PhD research students in Zoology/Environmental Biology, who are specialising in Entomology. It would also serve as a very useful reference book for researchers worldwide, though focus is also there on Indian work. It addresses the special information  needs of students and faculty, besides practitioners and extensionists in the Australasia and Africa  regions and thus not limited to the R&D knowledge generated in developed countries. | <p>The use of egg parasitoids as bioagents is discussed in detail, providing guidelines for protecting agriculture and forestry crops from important pests</p><p>The book provides updates on insect taxonomy, biotechnology, mass-production and quality control of the target organisms</p><p>The chapters are contributed by various experienced specialists in the field, giving the book a  holistic and comprehensive dimension</p><p>The text is supported by good illustrations for easy comprehension</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6750-8 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Ramasamy Selvaraju; [NAME] | Climate Change and Food Security in West Asia and North Africa |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 419 | Hard cover | Book | X, 419 p. 100 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Climate Change in West Asia and North Africa.- 1 Climate Change in West Asia and North Africa (WANA): Overview.- 2 Implications of Climate Change for Agriculture and Food Security in the Western Asia and Northern Africa Region.- Part II Climate Change and Environment.- 3 Climate Change and Soil Quality in the WANA Region.- 4 Conserving Green and Blue Water in the WANA Region.- 5 Climate Change and Land Use in the WANA Region with a Specific Reference to Morocco.- 6 Responses of Insect Pests to Climate Change: Effects and Interactions of Temperature, CO2 on Soil Quality.- 7 Climate Change and Locusts in the WANA Region.- Part III Climate Change and Food Security: Perspectives from WANA sub-Regions.- 8 Climate Change Impact on WANA: Key Researchable Issues and Proposed Measures.- 9 Climate Variability and Change in North African Countries.- 10 Climate Change in Drylands of the Eastern Mediterranean: from Assessment Methods to Adaptation Strategies.- 11 Climate Change and Food Security in the Nile Valley and Red Sea.- 12 Food Security and Climate Change in West Asia.- Part IV Mitigation and Adaptation Options for Different Agroeconomic Sectors in WANA.- 13 Mitigation and Adaptation Options for Rainfed Agriculture in West Asia and North Africa.- 14 Mitigation and Adaptation Options of Climate Change in Irrigated Agriculture in Arab Countries.- 15 Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation Options for the Livestock Sector in the West Asia and North Africa.- 16 Afforestation Potential in the WANA Region to [NAME] and Improve Soil Quality.- Part V Policy, Financial, Institutional and Cooperation Issues.- 17 Mainstreaming Adaptation to Climate Change into the Development Agenda.- 18 Possible Financial Innovations and Market Mechanisms at the National Level to Cope with Climate Change in WANA Region.- 19 Economic Impacts of Climate Change in the Arab World: A Summary of Case Studies from Syria, Tunisia and Yemen.- 20 Human Dimensions of Climate Change Adaptation: Factors that Influence Behaviours.- Part VI Regional Agricultural Adaptation and Mitigation Framework for Climate Change in WANA.- 21 Regional Framework for Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation in the WANA Region.- 22 Adaptation Strategies for Different Sectors in the WANA Region – Summaries of Breakout Group Discussions.- Part VII Conference Declaration.- 23 Kuwait Declaration. | The countries of West Asia and North Africa (WANA) have long had the challenge of providing sustainable livelihoods for their populations in the fragile ecosystems of semi-arid and arid areas. Climate change is already a reality in WANA and it places additional constraints on the already fragile ecosystems of dry areas and limited natural resources in WANA. A comprehensive and integrated approach to planning and implementing the climate change adaptation strategies across the wide range of agro-ecosystems in different countries in WANA could help both the planners and the local communities to deal effectively with the projected impacts and also contribute to overall sustainability of agricultural production systems. This book addresses the important issue of climate change and food security in West Asia and North Africa and presents the appropriate strategies which could help in the development of new policies to better adapt agriculture production systems and enhance food security in WANA. | <p>Provides a comprehensive description of projected climate change in West Asia and North Africa (WANA)</p><p>Discusses the impacts of climate change on food security in different sub-regions of WANA</p><p>Presents ideas for the development of policies to better adapt to climate change in WANA</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7764-8 | Life Sciences | Sokołowska | [NAME]; [NAME] | Symplasmic Transport in Vascular Plants |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 280 | Hard cover | Book | X, 280 p. 31 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24027 | Plant Genetics & Genomics | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. Characteristics of Symplasmic Transport Paweł Sowiński.- 2. Developmental Control of Plasmodesmata Frequency, [NAME], and [NAME] and Maike Große Westerloh.- 3. Regulation of Intercellular Transport through Plasmodesmata under Abiotic Stresses Anna Bilska.- 4. Symplasmic Transport in Wood: the Importance of Living Xylem Cells Katarzyna Sokołowska.- 5. Symplasmic Transport in Phloem Loading and Unloading Johannes Liesche and [NAME] Schulz.- 6. Mechanism of Long-distance Solute Transport in Phloem Elements Craig Atkins.- 7. Plasmodesmata and [NAME]-based Trafficking of Macromolecules Dhinesh Kumar, Ritesh [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Kim.- 8. Plasmodesmata: New Perspectives on Old Questions Robyn [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. | [NAME] on symplasmic transport of small molecules, although the cell-to-cell transport of macromolecules will also be discussed. This book characterize the efficiency of symplasmic transport, mechanisms of molecule passage via plasmodesmata, and the external and internal factors that regulate plasmodesmatal conductivity. In this context, the book focused on the role of symplasmic domains in plant development, as well as the influence of environmental stresses on the plasmodesmata. Besides cell-to-cell symplasmic transport, the significance of long-distance symplasmic transport of solutes in phloem elements is also reviewed. Symplasmic Transport in Vascular Plants presents the mechanism of [NAME], the processes of symplasmic loading and unloading, as well as the role of pre- and post-phloem transport, with special attention paid to symplasmic transport in wood. Finally, the relevance of the spread of both macromolecules and viruses, via plasmodesmata, is presented.​ | <p>In the presence of many outstanding papers and books on transport processes, this essential topic has been marginalized </p><p>Emphasizes what an important role symplasmic communication performs in plants </p><p>Contributions from renowned scientists around the world</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1162-4 | Life Sciences | Suravajhala | Prashanth N Suravajhala | Your Passport to a Career in Bioinformatics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 79 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 79 p. 19 illus. | 0 | final | 29.99 | 32.09 | 32.99 | 26.99 | 40 | English | Life Sciences | SCL15001 | Bioinformatics | PSD | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | Life Sciences | Professional book | Springer India | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Whither Bioinformatics.- Ten Reasons one should take Bioinformatics as Career.- [NAME] Skills.- The Esoteric of Bioinformatics.- Common Minimum Standards:  A Syllabus for Bioinformatics Practitioners.- Colloquial Group Discussion on Bioinformatics:  Grand challenges.- The Bioinforma 'TICKS':  Frequently Asked Questions.- References. | The book is a ready reckoner aimed at the student community aspiring to take up a career in bioinformatics. The book firstly provides a perspective on the domain and addresses the challenges faced by community namely the attempts to understand data produced by genome sequencing projects. It then brings to light High [NAME] (HPC) as it helps in interpreting and analyzing genome sequences. The book also dwells on how interactions in a systems (organism), the components that interact with each other and the outcome of such interactions. It then calls for a consensus on the tools like rapid and inexpensive DNA sequencing technologies, [NAME] projects, Dollar One Genome (DOG), to enable a reader understand how bioinformatics transits from research, to vocation and avocation. Further it extols the virtues of in silico for bioinformatical predictions as it helps wet-lab biologists reduce time for experiments. Also it describes the intricacies of bioinformatics and its usefulness to wet-based biologists and other cross-disciplinarians. The book lists out 10 reasons for taking up bioinformatics as a career, and includes insights from global experts on the domain. It also makes a case for a mediocre student getting into bioinformatics with discipline, determination, dynamism and diligence. The book further describes BioinformaTICKS a tool for emerging as a winner in bioinformatics. | <p>Provides a practical introduction to the fascinating world of computational biology</p><p>Takes a step-by-step approach to unravel the multi-faceted applications of bioinformatics in discovering cures for diseases</p><p>Helps readers understand the domain of bioinformatics and make a conscious career choice and also includes opinions of global thought-leaders</p><p>Encourages good research within an interdisciplinary context and includes tips on becoming a winner in bioinformatics using bioinformaTICKS</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-38199-7 | Life Sciences | Venkataraman | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Ecology and Conservation of Tropical Marine Faunal Communities |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 553 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 553 p. 142 illus., 103 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCL1904X | Ecosystems | PSAF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The late Holocene foraminifera from Andaman Islands, Andaman Sea, Bay Of Bengal.- Distribution of live Planktonic and benthic foraminifera in the shelf off Port Blair and Hutbay, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India.- Species composition and distribution of sponges (Phylum: [NAME]) in the Seagrass ecosystem of [NAME], Lakshadweep, India.- Diversity and distribution of Polychaetes from Tamil Nadu Coast, India.- Current Status of Indian Opisthobranch fauna.- Species diversity and abundance of Opisthobranch molluscs (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia) in the coral reef environments of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, India.- Macrofaunal assemblage of Oyster bed (Crassostrea madrasensis) in Vellar estuary.- Diversity and abundance of marine copepods in Muthupet mangrove waters, Southeast coast of India.- Assessment of the population status and threats to the Horseshoes along the northern East Coast of India.- Diversity and distribution of marine brachyuran crab communities inhabiting West Coast of India.- Diversity and community structure of brachyuran crab in North Andaman.- Present status and distribution of echinoderms in Reef Communities of Nicobar Islands, India.- Diversity and distribution of sea cucumber in Gulf of Mannar Biosphere Reserve, India.- Diversity of Ascidians from the Gulf of Mannar.- Fish fauna of Andaman and Nicobar Islands - a review.- Coastal marine fish fauna of East Coast of India.- Deep-sea fish distribution along the south-west region of Indian EEZ.- Diversity and abundance of the marine fish parasite from Coromandel coast of Tamil Nadu.- Diversity and distribution of reef fishes in Gulf of Mannar, India.- Abundance of Olive ridleys at Odisha coast: sources of mortality and relative importance of fisheries impacts.- Sightings of marine mammals in Bay of Bengal, Andaman and Nicobar Islands waters.- Status of the benthos and its environmental parameters in Redskin Island, [NAME] National Park (MGMNP), [NAME] And Nicobar Islands.- Present status of Coral reefs in India.- An invasion of Snowflake Coral Carijoa riisei (Duchassaing and [NAME], 1860) in Indian Seas: Threats to Coral Reef Ecosystem.- Studies on the recovery of bleached corals in Andaman: Fishes as indicators of reef health.- Artisanal octopus fishery: [NAME] and Management.- Status and conservation of [NAME] dugong in India: Strategies for species recovery.- Marine biodiversity conservation and management in India.- An assessment of marine fauna of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 in curio trade in India - A market study.- Coastal and Marine Protected Areas in India: Challenges and way forward. | This book provides insights into various aspects of marine faunal communities in India, which are extremely diverse due to the geomorphologic and climatic variations along the Indian coasts. Consisting of 30 chapters by experts in their respective fields, it is divided into two parts:·       Part I: Tropical Marine Faunal Communities·       Part II: Ecology and ConservationPart I highlights the diversity and distribution of Foraminifera; sponges associated with seagrass; Polychaeta; Opisthobranchia; oysters; copepods; horseshoe and brachyuran crabs; echinoderms; ascidians; fishes; fish parasites; and sea mammals. Topics of Part II include the status and environmental parameters of benthos; the status of coral reefs; the invasion of snowflake coral; the recovery of bleached corals; the socioeconomics and management of dugong; marine biodiversity conservation and management in India; the assessment of the marine fauna of the Indian Wildlife Protection Act; and marine biodiversity protected areas in India.This book will serve as a valuable reference work for marine scientists, as well as for environmental managers and policy makers. | <p>An important contribution to the study of tropical marine ecosystems</p><p>A reference point for future research in the field</p><p>Richly illustrated</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8007-5 | Life Sciences | Vodovotz | [NAME]; [NAME] | Complex Systems and Computational Biology Approaches to Acute Inflammation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 304 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 304 p. 56 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL15010 | Systems Biology | PSA | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | An overview of the Translational Dilemma and the need for Translational Systems Biology of inflammation.- Part I: Complex Systems Methods and Applications.- Translational Equation-based Modeling.- Agent-based Modeling in Translational Systems Biology.- Analysis of Heart Rate Variability.- Analysis of Ventilatory Pattern Variability.- Part II: Translational Modeling of Sepsis and Trauma.- Disorder of Systemic Inflammation in Sepsis and Trauma: A Systems Perspective.- Multi-scale equation-based models: Insights for Inflammation and Physiological Variability.- Integrating Data Driven and Mechanistic Models of the Inflammatory Response in Sepsis and Trauma.- In silico Trials and Personalized Therapy for Sepsis and Trauma.- Part III: Translational Modeling of Wound Healing.- Disorder of Localized Inflammation in Wound Healing: A Systems Perspective.- Equation-based Models of Wound Healing and Collective Cell Migration.- Agent-based Models of Wound Healing.- Part IV: Translational Modeling of Host-pathogen Interactions.- Modeling Host-Pathogen Interactions in Necrotizing Enterocolitis.- Modeling Host-Vector-[NAME] Interactions in Malaria.- Part V: Future Perspectives.- Translation to Implementation.- The Rationale and Implementation of Translational Systems Biology as a new Paradigm for the Study of Inflammation.- Index. | The difficulty in achieving effective translation of basic mechanistic biomedical knowledge into effective therapeutics, is the greatest challenge in biomedical research. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the reductionist approaches to understanding and manipulating the acute inflammatory response in the settings of sepsis, trauma/hemorrhage, wound healing, and related processes. This book discusses complex systems and computational biology methods and approaches that have advanced sufficiently to allow for knowledge generation, knowledge integration, and clinical translation in the settings of complex diseases related to the inflammatory response. Well-regulated, self-resolving inflammation is necessary for the appropriate communication and resolution of infection and trauma, and for maintenance of proper physiology and homeostasis. In contrast, self-sustaining inflammation drives the pathobiology of the aforementioned diseases. It is now increasingly recognized that controlling and reprogramming inflammation in order to reap the benefits of this evolutionarily-conserved process is preferred to simply abolishing indiscriminately. | <p>Provides an overview of the need for Translational Systems Biology of inflammation </p><p>Examines future perspectives of translational modeling and its implementation </p><p>Reviews the current state of complex systems and computational biology and its relation to inflammation</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7163-5 | Life Sciences | Walter | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mites: Ecology, Evolution & Behaviour | Life at a Microscale |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 486 | Hard cover | Book | X, 486 p. 127 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Life Sciences | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | [NAME] | Parasitology | MMFP | Life Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface to the second edition.- 1. What good are mites?.- 2. The origin of mites: fossil history and relationships.- 3. Systematic and morphological survey.- 4. Life cycles, development and size.- 5. Sex and celibacy.- 6. Mites in soil & litter systems.- 7. [NAME] underwater, or, why did mites take the plunge?.- 8. Mites on Plants.- 9. Animals as habitats.- 10. Mites that cause and transmit disease.- 11. Mites & biological diversity.- 12. Mites as models. | More than 40,000 species of mites have been described, and up to 1 million may exist on earth. These tiny arachnids play many ecological roles including acting as vectors of disease, vital players in soil formation, and important agents of biological control. But despite the grand diversity of mites, even trained biologists are often unaware of their significance. Mites: Ecology, Evolution and Behaviour (2nd edition) aims to fill the gaps in our understanding of these intriguing creatures. It surveys life cycles, feeding behaviour, reproductive biology and host-associations of mites without requiring prior knowledge of their morphology or taxonomy. Topics covered include evolution of mites and other arachnids, mites in soil and water, mites on plants and animals, sperm transfer and reproduction, mites and human disease, and mites as models for ecological and evolutionary theories. | <p>Aimed at the general naturalist and other non-experts</p><p>Ideal for students and researchers unfamiliar with mites</p><p>Lavishly illustrated with drawings and electron micrographs</p><p>The only introductory book on mite behaviour and ecology in English</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-4-431-53923-0 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Myelinated Fibers and Saltatory Conduction in the Shrimp | The Fastest Impulse Conduction in the Animal Kingdom |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 150 p. 47 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 143.5 | English | Life Sciences | SCL25066 | Neurobiology | PSAN | SCB18006 | Neurosciences | PSAN | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I. Introduction.-II. Penaeus Shrimp as an Experimental Marine Animal for Neurobiological Study.-III. Morphological Studies on the Myelin Sheath of Nerve Fibers.-IV. Biochemical study on [NAME] of nervous system.-V. [NAME] with a New Type of Fine Structure Found in the Nervous System of the Penaeus Shrimp, the Invertebrates.-VI. Two Unique Structures Discovered in the Myelinated Fibers of the Penaeus Shrimp.-VII. Studies on Impulse Conduction of Nerve Fibers .-VIII. Saltatory Conduction Found in the Nervous System of Invertebrates, Shrimp (Penaeus) and the [NAME] (Lumbricus terrestries).-IX. Experimental Confirmation of Saltatory Conduction Hypothesis.-X. Three Mechanisms or Strategies for Increasing Conduction Velocity of Nerve Fibers.-XI. Ultra-High Conduction Velocity Found in the Medial Giant Fiber of Penaeus chinensis and Penaeus [NAME]. Remarks on Evolution of [NAME], Glial Cells, Nodal Structures and Conduction Function of Nerve Fibers. | In 1961, neurobiologists found that the conduction velocity of the nerve impulse in the giant nerve fiber of the Penaeus shrimp abdominal nerve cord was over 200 m/s, the highest speed of information transmission ever observed in the animal kingdom. The peculiar myelin sheath with its unique nodal structure and the electrical properties of the nerve fibers of the shrimp have continued to be investigated for a quarter of century and are now fully described in this book. The investigation dispels the commonly held belief that the fastest recorded impulse conduction is about 120 m/s in the thickest vertebrate myelinated nerve fibers. In the shrimp, researchers found a completely novel type of functional node in the giant fiber which they designated as the fenestration node. In portions of the myelinated fiber, the fenestration node furnished the sites of excitation. Also discovered was a new strategy for increasing impulse conduction in the shrimp. The book includes a section on the formation of the fenestration node and the discovery of a strategy that allows the shrimp to escape its predators by an action of the fastest velocity. The data presented in this volume on the myelin sheath of invertebrates present a new direction for this field and a rich source of information for neurobiologists worldwide. | <p>Unveils the mysterious structure of nerve fibers of the shrimp</p><p>Demonstrates the uniqueness of shrimp nerve fibers with fastest conduction velocity in the animal kingdom</p><p>Compares distant branches of the evolutionary tree with different morphogenesis but similar outcome</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-7902-4 | Life Sciences | Zhang | [NAME]; [NAME] | Genetics and Genomics of Rice |  | Plant Genetics and Genomics: Crops and Models | 5 | 1 | 2014 | 726 | Hard cover | Book | X, 726 p. 51 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A reference rice genome sequence in the 10K genome era.- The Wild Relative of [NAME] – Genomes and Genomics.- Natural variation and sequencing-based genetics studies in rice.- Genome mapping, markers and QTLs.- Transposable element dynamics in rice and its wild relatives.- Molecular cytogenetics of rice and its wild relatives.- Mutant resources for functional analysis of the rice genome.- Transcriptome profiling in rice.- Epigenomics of rice.- Non-coding regulatory RNAs.- Disease resistance.- Insect Resistance.- Abiotic stress resistance.- Nitrogen and Phosphorus Uptake and Utilization.- Yield.- Understanding Genetic Molecular Basis of Rice Grain Quality.- Advances in the Understanding of Genetic and Molecular Basis of Heterosis in Rice.- Flowering.- Panicle Development.- Root Development.- Reproductive isolation between indica and japonica subspecies.- Genomics-based breeding technology.- Utilization of Exotic Germplasm.- Transformation and transgenic breeding. | This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the advances in genetics and genomics research on rice. The chapters feature the latest developments in rice research and cover such topics as the tools and resources for the functional analysis of rice genes, the identification of useful genes for rice improvement, the present understanding of rice development and biological processes, and the application of this present understanding towards rice improvement. The volume also features a perspective on synthesis and prospects, laying the groundwork for future advances in rice genetics and genomics.Written by authorities in the field, Genetics and Genomics of Rice will serve as an invaluable reference for rice researchers for years to come. | <p>One of the most in-depth studies of rice genetics and genomics</p><p>Covers special topics pertaining to the rice genome, including the documentation of tools and resources for functional analysis of the rice genome</p><p>Features numerous color illustrations and photographs</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-6715-7 | Life Sciences | Zhao | [NAME] | Essentials of Mesenchymal Stem Cell Biology and Its Clinical Translation |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 313 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 313 p. 21 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Life Sciences | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | SCL16010 | Stem Cells | PSAK | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-18 00:00:00 | Worldwide | Basic research/mechanisms.- Clinical application.- International regulations and guidelines governing stem cell-based products. | Mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs), a type of adult stem cells, have attracted the attention of scientists and physicians alike due to their unique biological properties and potential for disease treatment. As stem cell research is complex and progressing rapidly, it is important that the experts in this field share their views and perspectives. This book, co-edited by leading global researchers, is divided into three major sections and covers a broad range of topics concerning MSCs during their transition from benchside to bedside. The book is intended for researchers and clinicians in the field of stem cells. Dr. [NAME], MD. Ph.D is Cheung Kong Professor of Stem Cell Biology, Professor of Cell Biology at the Institute of Basic Medical Sciences & School of Basic Medicine, Chinese Academy of Medical Sciences & Peking Union Medical College, China Director of Center for Tissue Engineering, PUMC Chief scientist of 973 program Regional Editor of Stem Cells and Development. | <p>Summarizes the current state of knowledge in Mesenchymal stem cell research </p><p>Presents the properties of Mesenchymal stem cell to give clues for effective therapy   </p><p>Includes cutting-edge methods and protocols ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences